CA2412188A1 - 3-azabicyclo¬3.1.0|hexane derivatives useful in therapy - Google Patents
3-azabicyclo¬3.1.0|hexane derivatives useful in therapy Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2412188A1 CA2412188A1 CA002412188A CA2412188A CA2412188A1 CA 2412188 A1 CA2412188 A1 CA 2412188A1 CA 002412188 A CA002412188 A CA 002412188A CA 2412188 A CA2412188 A CA 2412188A CA 2412188 A1 CA2412188 A1 CA 2412188A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- optionally substituted
- aryl
- halogen
- alkoxy
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/08—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for nausea, cinetosis or vertigo; Antiemetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/14—Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
- A61P15/10—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/04—Antipruritics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/24—Antidepressants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
- A61P25/32—Alcohol-abuse
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
- A61P25/34—Tobacco-abuse
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
- A61P25/36—Opioid-abuse
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/52—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring condensed with a ring other than six-membered
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
Abstract
Compounds of formula (I), where the substituents are as defined herein, and the pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable derivatives or prodrugs thereof, are pharmaceutically and veterinarily useful, in particular they bi nd to opiate receptors (e.g. mu, kappa and delta opioid receptors). They are likely to be useful in the treatment of diseases or conditions modulated by opiate receptors, for example irritable bowel syndrome; constipation; nausea ; vomiting; pruritic dermatoses, such as allergic dermatitis and atopy; eating disorders; opiate overdoses; depression; smoking and alcohol addiction; sexu al dysfunction; shock; stroke; spinal damage; and head trauma.
Description
3-AZABICYCLO (3.1.0) HEXANE DERIVATIVES HAVING OPIOID RECEPTOR AFFINITY
This invention relates to pharmaceutically useful compounds, in particular compounds that bind to opiate receptors (e.g. mu, kappa and delta opioid receptors).
Compounds that bind to such receptors are likely to be useful in the treatment of diseases modulated by opiate receptors, for example irritable bowel syndrome; constipation; nausea;
vomiting; and pruritic dermatoses, such as allergic dermatitis and atopy in animals and humans.
Compounds that bind to opiate receptors have also been indicated in the treatment of eating disorders, opiate overdoses, depression, smoking and alcohol addiction, sexual dysfunction, shock, stroke, 0 spinal damage and head trauma.
There is a particular need for an improved treatment of itching. Itching, or pruritus, is a common dermatological symptom that can give rise to considerable distress in both humans and animals. Pruritus is often associated with inflammatory skin diseases which may be 5 caused by hypersensitivity reactions, including reactions to insect bites, such as flea bites, and to environmental allergens, such as house dust mite or pollen; by bacterial and fungal infections of the skin; or by ectoparasite infections.
Existing treatments that have been employed in the treatment of pruritus include the use of corticosteroids and antihistamines. However, both of these treatments are known to have undesirable side effects. Other therapies that have been employed include the use of essential fatty acid dietary supplements, though these have the disadvantages of being slow to act, and of offering only limited efficacy against allergic dermatitis. A
variety of emollients such as soft paraffin, glycerine and lanolin are also employed, but with limited success.
Thus, there is a continuing need for alternative and/or improved treatments of pruritus.
Certain 4-arylpiperidine-based compounds are disclosed in itZter alia European patent applications EP 287339, EP 5064b8 and EP 506478 as opioid antagonists. In addition, International Patent Application WO 95/15327 discloses azabicycloalkane derivatives useful as neuroleptic agents.
International Patent Application WO00/39089, filed before the priority date of the instant application, but published thereafter, is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety, and discloses azabicycloalkanes of similar structure to those described hereinbelow, with different R4 groups.
According to the invention there is provided a compound of formula I, RZ
(X)n o R ~ / ~,R5 R
c(o)q wherein the "Ar" ring represents an optionally benzo-fused phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring;
Rl when taken alone is H, halogen, N02, NH2, NY2WYl, Hetl, AD, CO~R~, C(O)Rg, C(=NOH)Rg, or OE, Y2 is H, CI_6 alkyl, C3_~ alkenyl (each of which alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted by aryl, aryloxy or Hetl), W is 502, CO, C(O)O, P(Yl)=O, P(Yl)=S, Y1 is CI_IO alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, OH, Cl_q. alkoxy, C1_( alkanoyloxy, CONH2, C1_6 alkoxycarbonyl, NH2, aryl, mono- or di(C1_4 alkyl)amino, C3_g cycloalkyl, phthalimidyl, Hetl), Hetl, aryl (optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from Cl_q. alkyl, 0 Cl_4 haloalkyl and halogen), NH2, N(C1_6 alkyl)2 or NH(Cl_6 alkyl), Hetl is a heterocyclic group containing up to 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O
and S, which may comprise up to 3 rings (preferably a heteroaryl group, optionally benzo- or pyrido-fused heteroaryl), optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from C1_6 alkyl, C1_6 alkoxy, C3_6 cycloalkyl, C1_6 haloalkoxy, C1_6 haloalkyl, C3_6 halocycloalkyl, =O, OH, halogen, N02, SiR19aR19bR19c~ CON20aR20b~ ~20aR20b~ SR2la~ ~21bsp2R22a~
~2lcC(O)OR22b, NR2IdCOR22d, and C1_6 alkoxycarbonyl, and if a S atom is present in a ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)-or -S(02)- group, and carbon atoms in the ring can be present as a part of a carbonyl moiety;
g.l9a~ Rl9b~ Rl9c each independently represent C1_6 alkyl or aryl, 0 R20a and R20b each independently represent H, C1_6 alkyl, aryl, (C1_q.
alkyl)phenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more C1_q. alkyl, C 1 _q. alkoxy, OH, N02, NH2 and/or halogen, or R20a and R20b can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached, to form a 4- to 6-membered ring optionally substituted by one or more substitutuents independently 5 selected from one or more C1_q. alkyl, C1_q. alkoxy, OH, =O, N02, NH2 and/or halogen, R2la, b, c and d each independently represent H, C1_6 alkyl, aryl or C1_q.
aIkylphenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl, and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more C1_q. alkyl, C1_4 alkoxy, OH, N02, halogen, NH2, R22a, b and c each independently represent C1_6 alkyl, aryl or C1_q alkylphenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl, and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more C1_q. alkyl, C1_4 alkoxy, OH, N02, halogen, NH2, A is C1_q. alkylene, C2_q. alkenylene or C2_q. alkynylene, each of which is optionally substituted by one or more C1_q. alkyl, C1_4 alkoxy, halogen and/or OH, D is H, OH, CN, NR25R26, CONR25R26, NHR27, C02R28, COR29, C(=NOH)R29, or AD is CN, NR25R26, CONR25R26, where R25 and R26 are either each independently H, C1_3 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, aryl, C1_4 alkylphenyl (each of which C1_3 alkyl, C3_g eycloalkyl, aryl and C1_4 alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more N02, halogen, C1_q. alkyl and/or C1_q.
alkoxy, (each of which latter C1_q. alkyl and C1_q. alkoxy is optionally substituted by one or more halogen)), or R~5 and R~6 are taken together with the N atom to which they are attached and can form a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring optionally incorporating one or more further hetero atoms selected from N, O and S, and which ring is optionally substituted by one or more C1_ q, alkyl, OH, =O, NO~, NH2 and/or halogen, R27 is COR30, C02R31a~ S02R31b~
R~8 and R29 are each independently H, Cl_6 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, aryl or C1_ q.alkylphenyl, each of which Cl_6 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, aryl and Cl_q.
alkylphenyI are 0 optionally substituted by one or more N02, halogen, Cl_4 alkyl, C1_4 alkoxy (each of which latter C1_q. alkyl and C1_q. alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more halogen), R30 is H, C1_q. alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, G1_q. alkoxy, C3_g cycloalkyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, C1_4 alkylphenyl, phenyl{Cl_q. )alkoxy, (each of which C1_q. alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, Cl_q. alkoxy, 5 C3_g cycloalkyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, Cl_q. alkylphenyl and phenyl(Cl_q.
)alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more NOa, halogen, C1_q. alkyl, C1_4 alkoxy (which latter alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more halogen)), R3la and R3lb are each independently Cl_q. alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, aryl or C1_4 0 alkylphenyl, each of which is optionally substituted by one or more N02, halogen, Cl_4 alkyl or C1_4 alkoxy, each of which latter alkyl and alkoxy is optionally substituted by one more halogen E is H, CONR32R33, CSNR3~R33, COR34, C02R34, COCH(R34a)NH2, R35 5 CH~,CO~R35a, CHR35bCO~R35a~ CH~OC02R35c~ CHR35dOCO~R35c~
COCR36-CR37NH~, COCHR36CHR37NH2, or PO(OR38)2, R32 and R33 are each independently H, C3_10 alkylalkenyl, C3_7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by C1_q. alkyl), phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n), C1_10 alkyl (optionally 0 substituted by Cq._7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by C1_q, alkyl) or phenyl optionally substituted by (X)n), or R32 and R33 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached and can form a 5- to 8-membered heterocycle optionally comprising further hetero atoms selected from N, O and S, which heterocycle is optionally substituted by Cl_q. alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more halogen, R34 is H, C4_7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more Cl_4 alkyl), phenyl 5 (optionally substituted by (X)n, Cl_4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33~ C0~32R33 and/or OH), or Cl_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C4_~ cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl), or phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C1_4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CONR32R33 and/or OH)), 0 R34a is H, Cl_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C4_~
cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl), or phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, Cl_4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33~ C0~32R33 and/or OH)), Cq._~ cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C 1 _4 alkyl), phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C 1 _4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CONR32R33 and/or OH) or a naturally occuring amino acid S substituent, R35 is C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl, phenyl (optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, Cl_4 alkanoyl, NHR32, CON(R32)2, and/or OH), Cl_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 0 alkyl, or phenyl (optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, Cl_4 alkanoyl, NHR32, CON(R32)2, and/or OH)), C 1 _4 alkoxy(C 1 _4 alkyl), phenyl(C 1 _4)alkyloxy(C
1 _4)alkyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, cinnamyl or trimethylsilyl, R35a,b,c and d are each independently H, C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or 5 more C1_4 alkyl, phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n or Cl_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more Cl_4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n), R36 and R3~ each independently represent H, C3_6 alkylalkenyl, C4_~
cycloalkyl, phenyl 0 optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, or C1_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4_~
cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n), R38 is C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C~_4 alkyl, phenyl optionally 5 substituted by one or more (X)n, or Cl_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more Cl_4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (Y)n), R2 when taken alone is H or halogen;
or Rl and R2, when attached to adjacent carbon atoms, can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, and may represent Hetla;
Hetla is a heterocyclic group containing up to 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, 0 which may comprise up to 3 rings (and is preferably an optionally benzo-fused 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring) and which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from OH, =O, halogen, C1_4 alkyl, C1_4 haloalkyl, C1_4 alkoxy and C1_4 haloalkoxy, which C1_4 alkyl, C1_4 haloalkyl, C1_4 alkoxy and C1_4 haloalkoxy groups can be 5 optionally substituted by one or more C3_6 cycloalkyl, aryl(C1_6)alkyl, which aryl group is optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C1_4 alkyl, C1_4 haloalkyl, C1_4 alkoxy and C1_4 haloalkoxy, which latter C 1 _4 alkyl, C 1 _4 haloalkyl, C 1 _4 alkoxy and C 1 _4 haloalkoxy groups can be optionally substituted by one or more NR23R24~ ~235(O)nR24~ ~23C(O)mR24~
0 and if a S atom is present in a ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)- or -S(02)- group, which R23 and R24 when taken alone independently represent H, C1_4 alkyl, or C1_4 haloalkyl, 5 or R23 and R24 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached, to form a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring optionally comprising one or more further heteroatoms selected from, N, O, or S, and which heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C1_4 alkyl, C1_4 haloalkyl, C1_4 alkoxy and/or C1_4 haloalkoxy groups, 0 R3 is H, CN, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, C1_g alkoxycarbonyl, C2_6 alkanoyl, C2_6 alkanoyloxy, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3_g cycloalkyloxy, C4_g cycloalkanoyl, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, saturated heterocycle, NR12R13, CONR12R13~ Ny2wyl~ C1-6 alkyl, C2_10 alkenyl, C2_10 alkynyl, (each of which alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups is optionally substituted by one or more CN, halogen, OH, C1_6 alkoxy, C1_6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2_( alkyloxycarbonyloxy, Cl_6 alkanoyl, Cl_6 alkanoyloxy, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3_g cycloalkyloxy, Cq_g cycloalkanoyl, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, saturated heterocycle, NR12R13~ C0~12R13 and/or NY2WY1), R4 is Cl_10 alkyl, C3_10 alkenyl or C3_10 alkynyl, each of which groups is linked to the N
atom via a spa carbon, and which group is substituted by one or more substituents selected from:
C2_~ alkoxy [substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, C2_q. alkynyl, C2_q. alkenyl, heteroaryll, aryll, COCH2CN, LO CO(heteroaryll), CO(aryll), C02(heteroaryll), COCH2(aryll), COCH2(heteroaryll), C02CH2(aryll), C02CH2(heteroaryll), S(O)n(Cl_g alkyl), S(O)n(aryll), S(O)n(heteroaryll), S02NR25R26 and cycloalkyll], S(O)nCl_~ alkyl [optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, 5 CONR25R26, halogen, C1_g alkoxy, C2_q. alkynyl, C2_q alkenyl, heteroaryll, aryll, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryll), CO(aryll), CO2(heteroaryll), COCH2(aryll), COCH2(heteroaryll), C02CH2(aryll), CO2CH2(heteroaryll), S(O)n(C1_~ alkyl), S(O)n(aryll), S(O)n(heteroaryll), S02NR25R26 and cycloalkyll], 0 aryl2, C02CH2(heteroaryl 1 ), C02CH2(aryl 1 ), cycloalkyll, CO(heteroaryll), 5 CO(aryll), OCO(aryl 1), OCO(heteroaryl l), OCO(C1_6 alkyl), OCOCH2CN, 0 C02(heteroaryll), C02(aryll), COCH2(heteroaryll), S(O)naryll, S(O)nCH2aryl l, 5 S(O)n(heteroaryll), S(O)nGH2(heteroaryll), NHS 02 aryl l, NHS02(Cl_6 alkyl), NHS 02 (heteroaryI 1 ), NHS02CH2(heteroaryll), NHS02CH2(aryll), NHCOaryI l, NHCO(Cl_6 alkyl), NHCONHaryI l, l0 NHCONH(C1_6 alkyl), NHCOheteroaryl l, NHCONHheteroaryl l, NHC02(aryl l), NHC02(Cl_6 alkyl), ~5 NHC02(heteroaryll), aryl2oxy, heteroarylloxy, C 1 _6 alkoxycarbonyl substituted by C l _6 alkyl, aryl, C l _6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl l ), C l _4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, '0 C2_6 alkanoyl substituted by Cl_6 alkyl, aryl, C1_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), Cl_4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26~
C2_6 alkanoyloxy substituted by Cl_6 alkyl, aryl, Cl_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), Cl_4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, cycloalkyl l oxy, ;5 COcycloalkyll, heterocycle substituted by one or more substituent selected from Cl_6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26~ Ng25R26~ ~CONR25R26, CO(Cl_6 alkyl), S02NRZSR26~ S02(Cl-6 alkyl), C02(Cl_6 alkyl), CH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), OCH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3_~
cycloalkyl, ~0 heterocyclyloxy substituted by one or more substztuent selected from C1_6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26~ ~g25R26~ ~CONR~SR26, CO(Cl_6 alkyl), S02NR25R26, S02(Cl_6 alkyl), C02(Cl_6 alkyl), CH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), OCH2C02(Cl_6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3_7 cycloalkyl, WHEREIN aryll is phenyl optionally fused to a CS_~ carbocyclic ring, which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1_6 alkyl(optionally substituted by OH, CN or halogen), C1_6 haloalkoxy, OH, =O, NY2WY1, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26~ ~25R26~ ~C0~25R26~ CO(C1-6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, S02NR25R26, S(O)n(C1_6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl), CO2(C 1 _6 alkyl), C02(aryl), C02(heteroaryl), C02H, (CH2) 1 _q.C02(C 1-6 alkyl), (CH2) 1 _ q.C02H, (CHZ)1-4C02(aryl), (CH2)1-4C02(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1-4C02(C1-6 alkyl), O(CH2)1_q.C02H; O(CH2)1_4C02(aryl), O(CH2)1_q.C02(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1-4CONR25R26 and C3_~ cycloalkyl, aryl2 is phenyl optionally fused to a CS_~ carbocyclic ring, which group is substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1_6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26~ ~CONg25R26~ CO(C1_6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, S02NR25R26, S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl), C02(C1_6 alkyl), C02(aryl), CO2(heteroaryl), C02H, (CH2)1_q.C02(C1_6 alkyl), (CH2)1-4C02H, (CH2)1-q.C02(aryl), (CH2)1-4C02(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1_4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), O(CH2)1-4C02H, O(CH2)1_4C02(aryl), O(CH2)1-4C02(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1_qCONR25R26 and C3_~ cycloalkyl, heteroaryll is heteroaryl optionally fused to a CS_~ carbocyclic ring, which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1_6 alkyl(optionally substituted by OH, CN or halogen), C1_6 haloalkoxy, OH, =O, NY2WY1, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26~ ~25R26~ NHCONR25R26, CO(C1_6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, S02NR25R26, S(O)n(C1_6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl);
C02(C1_g alkyl), C02(aryl), C02(heteroaryl), C02H, (CH2)1-4C02(C1-6 alkyl), (CH2)1-q.CO2H, (CH2)I-4C02(aryl), (CH2)I-4C02(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1-4C~2(Cl-6 alkyl), O(CH2) 1-4C02H, O(CH2) 1 _q.C02(aryl), O(CH2) 1-4C02(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1-4CONR25R26 and C3_~ cycloalkyl, cycloalkyll is a C3_10 carbocyclic system with one or two rings and which is substituted by C1_6 alkyl, aryl, C1_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), C1_q. haloalhyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR2SR26, Z is a direct bond, CO or S(O)n group, 1~
B is (CHZ)p, R12 and R13 each independently represent H or C1_q. alkyl, or R1~ and R13 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle optionally comprising a further hetero moiety selected from ~16~ O and/or ~; and which is optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl, 0 R14 and R15 each independently represent H, C1_10 alkyl, C3_10 alkenyl, C3_10 alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R14 and Rls can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle optionally comprising a further hetero moiety selected from 5 NR16, O and/or S, and which is optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl, R16 is H, C1_6 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, (C1_6 alkylene)(C3_g cycloalkyl) or (C1_6 alkylene)aryl, 0 RS and R$ when taken separately are each independently H, C1_6 alkyl, RS and R8 can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are joined to form a C3_g cycloalkyl ring, 5 R6, R~, R9 and R10 when taken separately are H, RS and R6 or R~ can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are joined to form a C3_g cycloalkyl ring, 0 X is halogen, C1_q. alkyl, C1_q. alkoxy, C1_q. haloalkyl or C1_4 haloalkoxy, m is 1 or 2;
n is 0, 1 or 2;
~1 pis0,1,2,3,4,5,G,7,8,9or10;
qis0orl;
"Naturally occuring amino acid substituent" means the a-substituent that occurs in any one of the following natural amino acids, glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, tyrosine, histidine, serine, threonine, methionine, cysteine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, asparagine, glutamine, lysine, arginine or proline;
0 "Heteroaryl" represents an aromatic ring containing up to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, and if a S atom is present in the ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)- or -S(O)2- group, and which may be joined to the remainder of the compound via any available atom(s);
5 "Heterocycle" is a group containing 1, 2 or 3 rings, and which contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S and up to 18 ring carbon atoms;
"Aryl", including in the definitions of "aryloxy", etc., means a group comprising a phenyl ring and which may incorporate a further carbocyclic ring fused to said phenyl ring and 0 which may be joined to the remainder of the compound via any available atoms) (examples of such groups include naphthyl, indanyl, etc.);
"Alkyl", "alkenyl" and "alkynyl" groups can be linear or branched if the number of carbon atoms allows;
"CycloalkyI" groups can be polycyclic if the number of carbon atoms allows;
or a pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable derivative or prodrug thereof.
Where a fused heterocyclic group is present it can be attached to the remainder of the compound via.any available atom(s).
"Haloalkyl", "haloalkoxy", groups and the like can contain more than one halogen atom, and for instance can be per-halogenated.
1~
Certain of the compounds of the invention can exist in one or more geometric and/or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention includes all such individual isomers and salts and prodrugs thereof.
Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in more than one tautomeric form.
Similarly certain compounds of the invention may have zwitterionic forms. It is to be understood that the invention embraces all such tautomers, zwitterions and their derivatives.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the formula (I) include the acid l0 addition and the base salts thereof. Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts and examples are the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, sulphate, hydrogen sulphate, nitrate, phosphate, hydrogen phosphate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, lactate, tartrate, citrate, gluconate, succinate, benzoate, methanesulphonate, benzenesulphonate and p-toluenesulphonate salts. Suitable base salts are formed from bases '~.5 which form non-toxic salts and examples are the aluminium, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc and diethanolamine salts. For a review on suitable salts see Berge et al, J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1-19 (1977).
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that certain protected derivatives of '0 compounds of formula (I), which may be made prior to a final deprotection stage, may not possess pharmacological activity as such, but may, in certain instances, be transformed after administration into or onto the body, for example by metabolism, to form compounds of formula (I) which are pharmacologically active. Such derivatives are included in the term "prodrug". It will further be appreciated by those skilled in the art that certain moieties 5 lazown to those skilled in the art as "pro-moieties", for example as described in "Design of Prodrugs" by H Bundgaard (Elsevier) 1985, may be placed on appropriate functionalities when such functionalities are present in compounds of formula (I), also to form a "prodrug".
Further, certain compounds of formula I xnay act as prodrugs of other compounds of formula I.
All protected derivatives, and prodrugs, of the compounds of formula I are included within the 0 scope of the invention.
Preferably the "Ar" ring represents phenyl or pyridyl.
Most preferably the "'Ar" ring represents a group of formula:
Rz R~
Preferably R1 when taken alone is OH, CN, halogen, N02, NH2, NY2WY1 or Hetl.
More preferably Rl when taken alone is OH, CN, I, Cl, NH2, N02, optionally benzo-fused heteroaryl, NHS02Y1, NHCOYl or NHC02Y1.
Yet more preferably Rl when taken alone is OH, CN, h Cl, NH2, N02,1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4 triazolyl, imidazol-2-yl, pyridin-2-yl, thien-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, benzimidazol-2-yl, 0 NHS02(C1_6 alkyl), NHS02(C1_~ alkyl substituted by methoxy, CONH2, OH, C02(C2-~
alkyl), phthalimido, NH2 or halogen), NHS02NH2, NHS02NH(Cl_6 alkyl), NHS02N(Cl-alkyl)2, NHS02Hetla, NHCO(Cl-g alkyl) or NHC02(Cl-g alkyl).
Even more preferably R1 is OH, NHS02CH3, NHS02C2H5, NHS02(n-C3H~), NHS02(i-C3H~), NHS02(n-Cq.H~), NHS02NH(i-C3H~), NHS02(N-methylimidazol-4-yl), S NHS02(CH2)20CH3, NHS02(CH2)20H, 1,2,4-triazolyl or imidazol-2-yl.
Most preferably RI is OH, NHS02CH3, NHS02C2H5 or imidazol-2-yl.
Preferably R2 when taken alone is H.
0 Rl and R2 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached are preferably an optionally benzo-fused 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl ring optionally substituted by C 1 _4 alkyl or C 1 _4 haloalkyl.
More preferably Rl and R2 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached are a 5-membered heteroaryl moiety optionally substituted by Cl_4 alkyl or Cl_4 5 haloalkyl.
Yet more preferably R1 and R2 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached are an imidazole group optionally 2-substituted by CF3.
Preferably X is Cl.
Preferably n is 0.
Preferably q is 0.
S Preferably R3 is H, CN, C 1 _6 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more halogen, OH, C 1 _ 6 alkoxy, C 1 _6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2_6 alkanoyl, C2_6 alkanoyloxy, C2_6 alkyloxycarbonyloxy, NR12R13~ Cp~12R13 and/or NY2WY1).
More preferably R3 is H, CH3, C2H5, i-C3H~, n-C3H~ or CH20CH3.
Most preferably R3 is CH3.
l0 Preferably R4 is C1_10 alkyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from:
C2_6 alkoxy [substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, C2_q. alkynyl, C2_q. alkenyl, heteroaryll, aryll, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryll), CO(aryll), C02(heteroaryll), COCH2(aryll), COCH2(heteroaryll), C02CH2(aryll), CO2CH2(heteroaryll), S(O)n(C1_6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryll), S(O)n(heteroaryll), S02NR25R26 and cycloalkyll], S(O)nC~_6 alkyl [optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26~
CONR25R26, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, C2_q. alkynyl, C2_q. alkenyl, heteroaryll, aryll, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryll), CO(aryll), C02(heteroaryll), COCH2(aryll), COCH2(heteroaryll), C02CH2(aryll), C02CH2(heteroaryll), S(O)n(C1_6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryll), S(O)n(heteroaryll), S02NR25R26 and cycloalkyll], 5 aryl2, C02CH2(heteroaryl 1 ), C02CH2(aryl l), cycloalkyl l, CO(heteroaryll), 0 CO(aryll), OCO(aryll), OCO(heteroaryll), OCO(C1_6 alkyl), OCOCH2CN, 5 CO2(heteroaryll), C02(aryl l), COCH2(heteroaryl l), S(O)naryll S(0)nCH2aryl 1 5 S(O)n(heteroaryll), S(O)nCH2(heteroaryll), NHS02aryl l, NHS02(C1_6 alkyl), NHS02(heteroaryll), 0 NHS02CH2(heteroaryll), NHS02CH2(aryll), NHCOaryl l, NHCO(C1_6 alkyl), NHCONHaryI l, 5 NHCONH(C 1 _6 alkyl), NHCOheteroaryl 1, NHCONHheteroaryl l , NHC02(aryll), NHC02(C1_6 alkyl), 0 NHC02(heteroaryll), aryl2oxy, heteroaryl l oxy, C1_6 alkoxycarbonyl substituted by Cl_6 alkyl, aryl, Cl_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), C1_4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, 5 C2_6 alkanoyl substituted by C1_6 alkyl, aryl, C1_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), CI_q. haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, C2_6 alkanoyloxy substituted by Cl_6 alkyl, aryl, C1_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), C1_q. haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26~
cycloalkyll oxy, 0 COcycloalkyll, heterocycle substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1_6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26~ ~CONR25R26, CO(Cl_6 alkyl), S02NR25R26, S02(C1-6 alkyl), C02(C1_6 alkyl), CH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), OCH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3_~
cycloalkyl, heterocyclyloxy substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1_6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26~ ~25R26~ ~CONR25R26, CO(C1_6 alkyl), S02NR25R26, S02(C1_6 alkyl), C02(C1_g alkyl), CH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), OCH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3_~
cycloalkyl, More preferably R4 is C 1 _ 10 alkyl substituted by cycloalkyl 1.
Yet more preferably R4 is C2_4 alkyl substituted by cycloalkyll.
Further more preferably R4 is propyl substituted by cycloalkyll .
Furthet yet more preferably R4 is propyl substituted by a C3_10 carbocyclic system with one or two rings and which is substituted by OH.
Even more preferably R4 is propyl substituted by (cyclohexyl substituted by OH) Most preferably R4 is (1-hydroxycyclohexyl)prop-3-yl.
Another preferred group of compounds are those wherein R4 takes the values as specified in the Examples 145-203 below.
Preferably R5, R6, R~, R8 R9 and R10 are each taken separately and are H.
A preferred group of substances are those in which the "Ar" ring, Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R~, R8, R9, R10, q and (X)n have the values as detailed in the Examples below.
' The invention further provides synthetic methods for the production of compounds and salts of the invention, which are described below and in the Examples and Preparations. The skilled man will appreciate that the compounds of the invention could be made by methods other than those herein described, by adaptation of the methods herein described and/or adaptation of methods known in the art, for example the art described herein, or using standard textbooks such as "Comprehensive Organic Transformations - A Guide to Functional Group Transformations", RC Larock, VCH (1989 or later editions), "Advanced Organic Chemistry - Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure", J.March, Wiley-Interscience (3rd or later editions), "Organic Synthesis - The Disconnection Approach", S Warren (Whey), (1982 or later editions), "Designing Organic Syntheses" S Warren (Wiley) (1983 or later editions), "Guidebook To Organic Synthesis" RK Mackie and DM Smith (Longman) (1982 or later editions), etc., and the references therein as a guide.
It is to be understood that the synthetic transformation methods mentioned herein are 0 exemplary only and they may be carried out in various different sequences in order that the desired compounds can be efficiently assembled. The skilled chemist will exercise his judgement and skill as to the most efficient sequence of reactions for synthesis of a given target compound. For example, substituents may be added to and/or chemical transformations performed upon, different intermediates to those mentioned hereinafter in conjunction with a 5 particular reaction. This will depend i~atef- alia on factors such as the nature of other functional groups present in a particular substrate, the availability of key intermediates and the protecting group strategy (if any) to be adopted. Clearly, the type of chemistry involved will influence the choice of reagent that is used in the said synthetic steps, the need, and type, of protecting groups that are employed, and the sequence for accomplishing the synthesis. The D procedures may be adapted as appropriate to the reactants, reagents and other reaction parameters in a manner that will be evident to the skilled person by reference to standard textbooks and to the examples provided hereinafter.
It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that sensitive functional groups may need to be 5 protected and deprotected during synthesis of a compound of the invention.
This may be achieved by conventional methods, for example as described in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by TW Greene and PGM Wuts, John Wiley & Sons Inc (1999), and refernces therein. Functional groups which may desirable to protect include oxo, hydroxy, amino and carboxylic acid. Suitable protecting groups for oxo include acetals, ketals (e.g.
p ethylene ketals) and dithianes. Suitable protecting groups for hydroxy include trialkylsilyl and diarylalkylsilyl groups (e.g. tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tent-butyldiphenylsilyl or trimethylsilyl) and tetrahydropyranyl. Suitable protecting groups for amino include tent-butyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl. Suitable protecting groups for carboxylic acid include Cl_6 alkyl or benzyl esters.
Ig In the Methods below, unless otherwise specified, the substituents are as defined above with reference to the compounds of formula (I).
The invention provides a process for the preparation of compounds of formula I
as defined above, or a pharmacutically or veterinarily acceptable derivative thereof, which comprises:
(a) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and Rl represents NY2WY1, reacting a compound of formula II, (X)n Ar NHY2 Rs Rs R9 s Rio N~R~
R
II
with a compound of formula III, ZI-WYl III
wherein Z1 is a suitable leaving group, such as halogen or Y15020- ;
(b) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R6 and R~ both represent H, reduction of a compound of formula IV, R' (X)n Ar R$ R5 R9 ~
R1o N' 'O
~4 R
IV
using a suitable reducing agent;
(c) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R9 and R10 both represent H, reduction of a compound of formula V, Ar ~ R~
R$ R5 V
using a suitable reducing agent;
(d) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R1 and R2 are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to represent Hetla, in which Hetla represents an imidazolo unit, reaction of a corresponding compound of formula VI, Ar NH2 R$ R5 Rio N~R
~4 R
VI
with a compound of formula VII, wherein RY represents H or any of the optional substituents on Hetla (as defined above), preferably H, C 1 _q. alkyl or C 1 _q. haloalkyl;
(e) where q is 0, reacting a compound of formula VIII, R~
R~
(X)n Ar R$ R5 R~° N~R
i H
VIII
with a compound of formula IX, R4-Lg IX
wherein Lg is a leaving group;
(f) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R6, R~, R9 and R10 are all H, reduction of a compound of formula X, 0 ' R1a (X)n-~ Ar Rs Rs O NCO
s R
X
with a suitable reducing agent;
(g) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and Rl represents OH, reacting a compound of formula II in which Y2 is H, as defined above, with fluoroboric acid and 0 isoamyl nitrite;
(h) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and Rl represents Cl, reacting a compound of formula II in which Y~ is H, as defined above, with sodium nitrite in the presence of dilute acid, followed by reaction with copper (I) chloride in the presence of concentrated acid;
(i) for compounds of formula I in which q is 1, reacting a compound of formula I where q is 0 with a suitable oxidising agent such as aqueous hydrogen peroxide;
(j) for compounds of formula I where q is 0, by reduction of a corresponding compound of formula XXXI, o R~
(X)n--~ Ar Rs Rs Rio N~R7 O~ R4a XXXI
where R4aCH2 takes the same meaning as R4 as defined above; or (k) for compounds of formula (I) where q is 0, reductive amination reaction of the ',o amine of formula VIII above with an aldehyde of formula R4a-CHO wherein R4aCH2 takes the same meaning as R4 as defined above, and where desired or necessary converting the resulting compound of formula I
into a pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable derivative or vice versa.
5 In process (a), the reaction may be carried out at between 0°C arid room temperature in the presence of a suitable base (e.g. pyridine) and an appropriate organic solvent (e.g.
dichloromethane).
Compounds of formula II may be prepared by reduction of a corresponding compound of 0 formula XI or formula XII, Ar NHS (X)n Ar NH2 Ra Rs Rs Rs R~° N' 'O O N~R
XI XII
in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as lithium aluminium hydride. The reaction may be carried out at between room temperature and reflux temperature in the presence of a suitable solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran).
Compounds of formula XI and XII may be prepared by reduction of the corresponding -NO~, compounds under conditions that are well known to those skilled in the art (e.g. using H~/Raney Ni or in the presence of CaCl2 and iron powder, in the presence of a suitable solvent system (e.g. EtOH, EtOAc and/or water)). The skilled person will appreciate that, in preparing a compound of formula II, in which Y~ is H, from such a corresponding -NO~
compound, the two above-mentioned reduction steps may be performed in the same step or sequentially in any order.
The said corresponding -NO~ compounds may be prepared by reaction of a compound of 5 formula XII or formula XIV, as appropriate, (X)n Ar N02 (X)n Ar N02 Rs Rs R$ Rs R9 ~2~0 O ~2 ~Rs L
XIII XIv wherein Ll represents a suitable leaving group [such as halo (e.g. chloro or bromo)], L2 represents a suitable leaving group (such as C1_3 alkoxy) and R3 is as defined above, with a compound of formula XV, The reaction may be carried out at between room temperature and reflux temperature in the presence of a suitable base (e.g. NaHCO3) and an appropriate organic solvent (e.g.
dimethylformamide), or at a higher temperature (e.g. between 50 and 200°C, preferably between 100 and 160°C) in the presence of neat compound of formula XV.
0 Compounds of formula XIII and XIV may be prepared in accordance with standard techniques. For example, compounds of formula XIII and XIV may be prepared by reacting a corresponding compound of formula XVI or XVII, (X)n~ Ar ~NO~ (X)n~ Ar ~N~2 Rs R
R$ R5 Rs L1 L1/~Rs XVI XVII
with a compound of formula XVIII or XIX respectively, wherein L2 is as defined above. The reaction may be carried out at room temperature in the presence of a suitable catalyst [e.g. Rh2(OAc)4] and an appropriate non-protic organic solvent (e.g. dichloromethane).
Compounds of formula XVI and formula XVII are available or can be prepared using known techniques. Compounds of formula XVI and formula XVII may, for example, be prepared from corresponding compounds of formula XX, (X)n ' O
XX
for example by performing a Wittig reaction using an appropriate provider of the nucleophilic group R02C-CRSH- or ROC-CRgH- (wherein R represents lower (e.g.
C1_3) alkyl), as appropriate, under conditions that are well known to those skilled in the art. The -C02R group of the resulting compound may be converted to an appropriate -CH~Ll group using standard techniques (e.g. reduction of the ester to the primary alcohol and conversion of the latter to an alkyl halide) under conditions that are well known to those skilled in the art.
0 In processes (b) and (c), suitable reducing agents include lithium aluminium hydride. The reaction may be carried out at between room temperature and reflux temperature in the presence of a suitable solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran).
Compounds of formula II may be prepared by reduction of the corresponding compound of 5 formula XXX, (X)n-~ Ar ~N02 _Rs 'R' XXX
by analogy to the process steps mentioned above.
Compounds of formula IV and V may be prepared respectively from compounds of formula 5 XXI and XXII, Ar ~~~ ~X)n~ Ar ~~a R$ R5 R$ R5 Rio N- 'O O ~Rs NCR
XXI XXII
wherein L3 represents a group that is capable of undergoing functional group transformations (e.g. cyano) using standard functional group substitution or conversion techniques.
0 For example:
(1) Compounds of formula IV and V in which Rl represents 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl may be prepared by reaction of an appropriate compound of formula XXI or XXII in which L3 represents -CN with HCl (gas) in the presence of an appropriate lower alkyl alcohol (e.g.
ethanol), for example at between 0°C and room temperature, followed by reaction of the 5 resultant intermediate with formic acid hydrazide (e.g. at reflux temperature, with or without the presence of a suitable organic solvent (e.g. methanol), followed by, if necessary, removing the solvent and heating the resultant residue to a high temperature (e.g. about 150°C)).
(2) Compounds of formula IV and V in which Rl represents imidazol-2-yl may be prepared by reaction of an appropriate compound of formula XXI or XXII in which L3 represents -CN with HCl (gas) in the presence of an appropriate lower alkyl alcohol (e.g.
ethanol), for example at between 0°C and room temperature, followed by reaction of the resultant intermediate with aminoacetaldehyde dialleylacetal (e.g.
dimethylacetal) (e.g. at or around reflux temperature in the presence of an appropriate solvent, such as methanol).
(3) Compounds of formula IV and V in which Rl represents 1,2,3-triazol-5-yl may be prepared by reaction of an appropriate compound of formula XXI or XXII in which L3 represents ' -CN with diazomethane, or a protected (e.g.
triallylsilyl) derivative thereof, for example at between 0C and room temperature in the presence of a suitable base (e.g.
n-BuLi) and, optionally, an appropriate organic solvent (e.g.
THF), followed by removal of the protecting group as necessary.
(4) Compounds of formula IV and V in which R1 represents benzimidazol-2-yl may be prepared by reaction of an appropriate compound of formula XXI or XXII
in which represents C=NH(OEt) with 1,2-diaminobenzene.
The reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as methanol, at an elevated temperature (such as the reflux temperature of the >olvent).
Preparations 81, etc.
provide further details.
~:ompounds of formula IV and V in which RI represents Hetl may also be prepared from ;ornpounds of formula XI and XII respectively according to the following scheme:
(X)n Ar R
NH2 (X)n Ar I
(X)n Ar R
R$ Rs Rs ---~
R$ Rs -,, Ra Rs Rs Rs ~
R~ N
O Rio N
N ~o O
O R
R
XI i) IV
HCI, NaN02, HZO XXI
II PdZaba3, PhAs ii) KI, HZO
Bu3Sn-Het~
.X)n Ar NH2 (X)n Ar Ra Rs R$ R5 Rs ~5 R$
Rs Rs Rs v m R~ R~
O
XII XXIV
V
wherein Hetl is defined above. Further details may be found in Preparations 67, 68, etc. in WO00/39089, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Compounds of formula XXI and XXII may be prepared in analogous fashion to methods described herein, for example those described hereinbefore for preparation of compounds of formula II.
Other compounds of formula (IV) and (V) may be prepared by analogy with methods 0 described herein (e.g. by analogy with methods described hereinbefore for preparation of compounds of formula XI and XII (and especially the corresponding -N02 compound)).
In process (d), the reaction may be carried out by heating under reflux, with or without the presence of an appropriate organic solvent.
Compounds of formula VI may be prepared using known techniques. For example, compounds of formula VI may be prepared by nitration (at the 4-position) of a corresponding 3-aminobenzene compound (a compound of formula II), which latter compound may be activated by converting the 3-amino group to a 3-amido group, followed by hydrolysis of the 0 amide and reduction of the 4-nitrobenzene compound. All of these reactions may be performed using techniques that are familiar to the skilled person, and are illustrated in Preparations 45-48, etc. below.
In process (e), suitable leaving groups that Lg may represent include halogen, such as 5 bromine, or a sulphonate group such as tosylate, mesylate or triflate. The reaction may be carried out in a polar solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction, at a suitable temperature, e.g. 0-150oC, in the presence of a base. A catalyst such as sodium iodide may optionally be added.
0 Preferable choices are a slight excess of R4-Lg, where Lg = Cl or Br, an excess of base (2.0-4.0 eq), such as K2C03, NaHC03, or a tertiary amine, such as triethylamine or Hunigs base, in a polar solvent, such as THF, DMF, or MeCN, at between 40 and 120°C, optionally in the presence of a catalyst such as NaI or KI, for 2-24 hr.
see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group 5 Preparations", VCH, (1989), p 397, and references cited therein.
Compounds of formula VIII may be prepared from compounds of formula XXV, R' (X)n--~ Ar R$ R5 R9 s Rio N~R
i Pg XXV
wherein Pg represents a suitable protecting group. Suitable protecting groups include allyl, which may be removed using a palladium (0) catalyst and N,N-dimethylbarbituric acid (see Preparation 53, etc. below). Compounds of formula XXV may be prepared using analogous methods to those described herein for the preparation of compounds of formula I.
In process (f), suitable reducing agents include lithium aluminium hydride.
The reaction may t0 be carried out in a solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction (for example tetrahydrofuran), at an elevated temperature (for example the reflux temperature of the solvent).
Compounds of formula X may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXVI
l5 with a compound of formula XXVII in the presence of an oxidizing agent.
Suitable oxidizing agents include manganese dioxide. The reaction may be carried out in a solvent that does not adversely affect the xeaction (for example dioxan), at an elevated temperature such as the reflux temperature of the solvent (for example see Preparation 77, WO00/39089).
The intermediate compounds XXIXa are isolatable using suitable conditions (e.g. see ?0 Preparation 58, WO00/39089).
R1a R2 (X)n Ar ' R~ a Ra Rs (X)n Ar + ~. N R3 i R3 O N O ~ Rs N Rs XXVI XXVII
XXIXa r.., 2 R1a (X)n Ar O~N~O
R
XXIX
Compounds of formula XXVI may be prepared from compounds of formula XXVIII, by reaction of the corresponding ketone with hydrazine monohydrate using known techniques (and as described in Preparation 76, etc. W000/39089).
Process (f) is particularly useful when Ar represents an optionally benzo-fused 5- or 6-0 membered heteroaryl ring. A similar methodology may be used to obtain compounds of formula II: the precursor nitro compound may be prepared from a compound of formula XX, as defined above, using the steps described above (see for example Preparations 57-61, W000/39089).
In process (g), the reaction may be carried out in a solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction (for example ethanol), first below room temperature and then at an elevated temperature (Examples 79, etc. W000/39089, provides further details).
5 In process (h), suitable acids include dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid and concentrated hydrochloric acid, respectively. The reaction may be carried out at or around room temperature, finishing at' an elevated temperature (for example 90°C).
Example 51 WO00/39089 provides further details.
0 In process (j), the compound of formula XX?~I may be prepared by acylation of the compound of formula VIII as defined above, with an acylating agent of the formula R4aC0-Lg, where Lg is a suitable leaving group as defined above with respect to (e), and includes halogen, (alkyl, haloalkyl or aryl)sulphonate, OCOR4a (i.e. an acid anhydride) and the like, well known to those practising in the art. See for example the conditions used for Preparation 5 47. The coupling can optionally be carried out in the presence of a catalyst, for example DMAP, in a suitable solvent; see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), pp 1941-1949, and references cited therein. Preferably the carboxylic acid (0.9-1.1 eq), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide. HCl (1-1.5 eq) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (I.0 0 eq) are stirred in DMF or DCM at RT for 5-15 min and then the amine salt (1 eq) and base (NaHC03 or organic base , Et3N or Hunigs base (2-4 eq)) are added, the reaction taking 2-24 hr at RT.
The amide bond can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent, for example lithium 5 aluminium hydride or borane, in an ethereal solvent, such as THF, at 0-100°C to generate the desired tertiary amine, see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A
Guide to Functional Group Preparations", VCH, (1989), pp 432-434, and references cited therein. Preferably the amide (1.0 eq) is treated with lithium aluminium hydride (1.0-3 eq), at 0°C-RT, in THF, for 1-24 hr.
In process (k) the appropriate aldehyde is reacted with an amine, optionally present as an acid addition salt, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent (such as sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or catalytic hydrogenation with Pd, Pt or Ni catalysts). The reaction is suitably performed in the presence of acetic acid at 0-100°C in THF, methanol, i DCM (dichloromethane), or DCE (1,2 -dichloroethane), for a suitable time such as 1-24 hr.
Preferably the amine salt, such as the trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) salt, is treated with an organic base (1-3 mole equivalents), such as triethylamine or Hunigs base, and then the aldehyde (1-1.5 mole equivalents), followed by sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1-2.0 mole equivalents), in DCM or DCE, at room temperature for 2-24 hr. see RC Larrock;
"Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), p 835-842, and references cited therein, and Abdel-Magid et al, J.
Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 3849.
The aldehydes used in this process may be prepared from the corresponding alcohols using l0 suitable oxidising agents; see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A
Guide to Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), pp 1234-1236 and 1238-1247, and references cited therein. Preferred oxidants are tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (Ley, et.al., Synthesis, 1994, 639-666), Swem oxidation and related methods (Tidwell, Organic Reactions, 199D, 39, 297-572), and Dess-Martin Periodinane reagent (Dess et al., J.
l5 Org. Chern., 1983, 48, 4155-4156).
Various functional group interconversions on compounds of formula (I), or intermediates thereto, may be carried out to give different compounds of formula (I) or intermediates.
Some of these are mentioned below.
?0 Anilines can be converted to a urea using potassium cyanate (excess) in an acidic aqueous solution, see Cross et al., J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 1427-1432.
!5 Esters can be converted to the corresponding alcohols using a suitable reducing agent, see Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, (1999), pp 1117-1120 and references cited therein. Suitable reducing agents include diisobutylaluminium hydride (DIBAL, see Winterfeldt, Synthesis, 1975, 617) and lithium aluminium hydride (LiAlH4, see Brown, Org. Reactions, 1951, 6, .0 469) - viz. reaction of the type:
O
O~R1 R
~ OOH
Alcohols can be prepared from a corresponding acid using a suitable reducing agent; see Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, (1999), pp 1114-1116. Preferably the reducing agent is either borane (BH3 (I-2 eq), J. Org. Chem., 1973, 38, 2786), or LiAlH4 (1-4 eq), in an ethereal solvent, such as THF, 0-80°C, for 1-24 hr. - viz. reaction of the type:
R\ iOH R~OH
~O
0 Direct methods to prepare alkyl halides and alyl sulphonates from their alcohols are described by RC Larrock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, (I999), pp 689-700, and references cited therein.
5 Benzylacetals can be treated with a suitable reducing agent in the presence of a Lewis acid or organic acid to give benyloxyalcohols.
For representative examples see Organic Preparations and Procedures, Int., 1991, 23, 4, 427-431, ZrCl4/LiAlH4; J. Org. Chem., 1987, 52, 2594, Zn(BH4)2/Me3SiCl; and Organic Preparations and Procedures, Int., 1985, 17(1), 11-16, NaBH4/TFA.
0 viz. reaction of the type:
n O O
H R ~ OOH
/ /
R
It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that compounds of formula I
may be converted to other compounds of formula I using known techniques. For example, compounds of formula I in which Yl represents alkoxycarbonyl may be converted to compounds in which Yl represents alkyl substituted by OH, by reduction using LiAlH4 (Example 57 provides further details). Similarly, intermediate compounds may be interconverted using known techniques (see for example Preparation 85).
The intermediate compounds such as those of formulae III, XV, XVIII, XIX, XX, VII, IX, XXVI, XXVII and XXVIII, and derivatives thereof, when not commercially available or not subsequently described, may be obtained either by analogy with the processes described herein, or by conventional synthetic procedures, in accordance with standard techniques, from readily available starting materials using appropriate reagents and reaction conditions.
The invention further provides the intermediate compounds of formulae II, IV, V, VI, X, Xa, XI, XII, XXI, XXII, XXIII, XXIV, XXIX, XXIXa, XXX, and XXXI as defined above.
Where desired or necessary, the compound of formula (I) can be converted into a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, conveniently by mixing together solutions of a compound of formula (I) and the desired acid or base, as appropriate. The salt may be precipitated from solution and collected by filtration, or may be collected by other means 5 such as by evaporation of the solvent. Both types of salt may also be formed or interconverted using ion-exchange resin techniques.
The compounds of the invention may be purified by conventional methods, for example separation of diastereomers may be achieved by conventional techniques, e.g.
by fractional 0 crystallisation, chromatography or H.P.L.C. of a stereoisomeric mixture of a compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof. An individual enantiomer of a compound of formula (I) may also be prepared from a corresponding optically pure intermediate or by resolution, such as by H.P.L.C. of the corresponding racemate using a suitable chiral support or by fractional crystallisation of the diastereomeric salts formed by reaction of the corresponding racemate 5 with a suitably optically active base or acid.
The compounds of the invention are useful because they possess pharmacological activity in animals, especially mammals including humans. They are therefore indicated as pharmaceuticals and, in particular, for use as animal medicaments. .
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the compounds of the invention for use as medicaments, such as pharmaceuticals and animal medicaments, such as for the treatment of opiate-mediated diseases and conditions.
By the term "treatment", this term includes both therapeutic (curative) and prophylactic treatment.
In particular, the substances of the invention have been found to be useful in the treatment of diseases and conditions modulated via opiate receptors, such as irritable bowel syndrome;
constipation; nausea; vomiting; pruritus; eating disorders; opiate overdoses;
depression;
smoking and alcohol addiction; sexual dysfunction; shock; stroke; spinal damage and/or head trauma; and conditions characterised by having pruritis as a symptom.
0 Thus, according to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the use of the compounds of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease modulated via an opiate receptor. There is further provided the use of the compounds of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of as irritable bowel syndrome; constipation; nausea; vomiting; pruritus; eating disorders; opiate overdoses;
5 depression; smoking and alcohol addiction; sexual dysfunction; shock;
stroke; spinal damage ' and/or head trauma; and conditions characterised by having pruritis as a symptom.
The compounds of the invention are thus expected to be useful for the curative or prophylactic treatment of pruritic dermatoses including allergic dermatitis and atopy in :0 animals and humans. Other diseases and conditions which may be mentioned include contact dermatitis, psoriasis, eczema and insect bites.
Thus, the invention provides a method of treating or preventing a disease modulated via an opiate receptor. There is further provided a method of treating irritable bowel syndrome;
;S constipation; nausea; vomiting; pruritus; eating disorders; opiate overdoses; depression;
smoking and alcohol addiction; sexual dysfunction; shock; stroke; spinal damage and/or head trauma; or a medical condition characterised by pruritus as a symptom in an animal (e.g. a mammal), which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention to an animal in need of such treatment.
The compounds of the invention will normally be administered orally or by any parenteral route, in the form of pharmaceutical preparations comprising the active ingredient, optionally in the form of a non-toxic organic, or inorganic, acid, or base, addition salt, in a pharmaceutically acceptable dosage form. Depending upon the disorder and patient to be treated, as well as the route of administration, the compositions may be administered at varying doses (see below).
While it is possible to administer a compound of the invention directly without any 5 formulation, the compounds are preferably employed in the form of a pharmaceutical, or veterinary, formulation comprising a pharmaceutically, or veterinarily, acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient and a 'compound of the invention. The carrier, diluent or excipient may be selected with due regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharniaceutical, and/or veterinary, practice. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the l0 compounds of the invention may contain from 0.1 percent by weight to 90.0 percent by weight of the active ingredient.
The methods by which the compounds may be administered for veterinary use include oral administration by capsule, bolus, tablet or drench, topical administration as an ointment, a 5 pour-on, spot-on, dip, spray, mousse, shampoo, collar or powder formulation or, alternatively, they can be administered by injection (eg subcutaneously, intramuscularly or intravenously), or as an implant. Such formulations may be prepared in a conventional manner in accordance with standard veterinary practice.
.0 The formulations will vary with regard to the weight of active compound contained therein, depending on the species of animal to be treated, the severity and type of infection and the body weight of the animal. For parenteral, topical and oral administration, typical dose ranges of the active ingredient are 0.01 to 100 mg per kg of body weight of the animal.
Preferably the range is 0.1 to 10 mg per kg.
In any event, the veterinary practitioner, or the skilled person, will be able to determine the actual dosage which will be most suitable for an individual patient, which may vary with the species, age, weight and response of the particular patient. The above dosages are exemplary of the average case; there can, of course, be individual instances where higher or lower 0 dosage ranges are merited, and such are within the scope of this invention.
For veterinary use, the compounds of the invention are of particular value for treating pruritus in domestic animals such as cats and dogs and in horses.
As an alternative for treating animals, the compounds may be administered with the animal feedstuff and for this purpose a concentrated feed additive or premix may be prepared for mixing with the normal animal feed.
For human use, the compounds are administered as a pharmaceutical formulation containing the active ingredient together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. Such compositions include conventional tablet, capsule and ointment preparations which are formulated in accordance with standard pharmaceutical practice.
l0 Compounds of the invention may be administered either alone or in combination with one or more agents used in the treatment or prophylaxis of disease or in the reduction or suppression of symptoms. Examples of such agents (which are provided by way of illustration and should not be construed as limiting) include antiparasitics, eg fipronil, lufenuron, imidacloprid, avermectins (eg abamectin, ivermectin, doramectin), milbemycins, 5 organophosphates, pyrethroids; antihistamines, eg chlorpheniramine, trimeprazine, diphenhydramine, doxylamine; antifungals, eg fluconazole, ketoconazole, itraconazole, griseofulvin, amphotericin B; antibacterials, eg enroflaxacin, marbofloxacin, ampicillin, amoxycillin; anti-inflammatories eg prednisolone, betamethasone, dexamethasone, carprofen, ketoprofen; dietary supplements, eg gamma-linoleic acid; and emollients.
0 Therefore, the invention further provides a product containing a compound of the invention and one or more selected compounds from the above List as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment of diseases modulated via opiate receptors 5 The skilled person will also appreciate that compounds of the invention may be taken as a single dose or on an "as required" basis (i.e. as needed or desired).
Thus, according to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical, or veterinary, formulation including a compound of the invention in admixture with a 0 pharmaceutically, or veterinarily, acceptable adjuvant, diluent or carrier.
Compounds of the invention may also have the advantage that, in the treatment of human and/or animal patients, they may be more efficacious than, be less toxic than, have a broader range of activity than, be more potent than, produce fewer side effects than, be more easily absorbed than, or they may have other useful pharmacological properties over, compounds known in the prior art.
The biological activities of the compounds of the present invention were determined by the following test method.
Biological Test Compounds of the present invention have been found to display activity in three opioid 0 receptor binding assays selective for the mu, kappa and delta opioid receptors in dog brain.
The assays were conducted by the following procedure.
Laboratory bred beagles were used as a source of dog brain tissue. Animals were euthanaised, their brains removed and the cerebellum discarded. The remaining brain tissue 5 was sectioned into small pieces approximately 3 g in weight and homogenised in 50mM Tris pH 7.4 buffer at 4oC using a Kinematica Polytron tissue homogeriser. The resulting homogenate was centrifuged at 48,400 x g for 10 minutes and the supernatant discarded. The pellet was resuspended in Tris buffer and incubated at 37°C for 10 minutes. Centrifugation, resuspension and incubation steps were repeated twice more, and the anal pellet was 0 resuspended in Tris buffer and stored at -80oC. Membrane material prepared in this manner could be stored for up to four weeks prior to use.
For mu, kappa and delta assays, increasing concentrations of experimental compound (5 x 10-12 to 10-5M), Tris buffer and 3H ligand, (mu = [D-Ala2,N-Me-Phe4,Gly-ols]-5 Enkephalin, DAMGO; kappa = U-69,593; delta = Enkephalin, [D-pen2~5] DPDPE), were combined in polystyrene tubes. The reaction was initiated by the addition of tissue, and the mixture was incubated at room temperature for 90 minutes. The reaction was terminated by rapid filtration using a Brandel Cell HarvesterT"" through BetaplateT"" GF/A
glass fibre filters pre-soaked in 50 mM Tris pH 7.4, 0.1% polyethylenimine buffer. The filters were then 0 washed three times with 0.5 ml ice-cold Tris pH 7.4 buffer. For mu and delta assays, washed alters were placed in bags and StarscintTM scintillant added, for the kappa assay MeltilexT"' B/HS solid scintillant was used. Bags containing the filters and scintillant were heat sealed and counted by a BetaplateT"" 1204 beta counter.
Duplicate samples were run for each experimental compound and the data generated was analysed using IC50 analysis software in Graphpad Prism. Ki values were calculated using Graphpad Prism according to the following formula:
Ki = IC50 / 1 + [3H ligand] l KD
where IC50 is the concentration at which 50% of the 3H ligand is displaced by the test compound and KIj is the dissociation constant for the 3H ligand at the receptor site.
0 Biological Activity The Ki values of certain compounds of the present invention in tl~e opioid receptor binding assays were determined, and were found to have Ki values of 4000 nM or less for the p, receptor.
It is believed that the methods used in the following Examples produce compounds having the relative stereochemistry shown below, and such compounds are preferred:
R~
(X)n r H ..... ..... H
N~
Ra wherein Rl-4 and (X)n are as defined above.
The invention is illustrated by the following Examples and Preparations in which the following abbreviations may be used:
APCI = atmospheric pressure chemical ionization DMF = dimethylformamide i DMSO = dimethylsulphoxide d (in relation to time) = day d (in relation to NMR) = doublet ES (in relation to MS) = electrospray EtOAc = ethyl acetate EtOH = ethanol h = hour MeOH = methanol min = minute MS = mass spectrum n-BuOH = n-butanol ODS = octadecylsilyl THF = tetrahydrofuran 0 TSP = thermospray Melting points were determined using a Gallenkamp melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectral data relate to 1H and were obtained using a Varian Unity 300 or 400 spectrometer, the observed chemical shifts (S) 5 being consistent with the proposed structures. Mass spectral (MS) data were obtained on a Fisons Instruments Trio 1000, or a Fisons Instruments Trio 1000 APCI, or a Finnigan Navigator MS, or a Micromass Platform LC spectrometer. The calculated and observed ions quoted refer to the isotopic composition of lowest mass. Room temperature means 20 to 25oC. The mass spectrometer which is used as a detector on the analytical HPLC-MS
0 system is a Micromass VG Platform II, running on Masslynx/Openlynx software.
The system can run positive and negative ion with either Electrospray or APCI probes and is calibrated to 1972 Daltons, it collects full Diode array data from 190nm to 600nm.
HPLC means high performance liquid chromatography. HPLC conditions used were:
Condition l: Rainin DynamaxTM column, 8~, ODS, 24 x 300 mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 45 ml/min, eluting with methanol : water (70 : 30), UV detection of product at 246 nm.
Condition 2: Rainin DynamaxTM column, 5~. ODS, 21.6 x 250 mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 5 ml/min, eluting with acetonitrile : water (50 : 50), UV detection of product at 246 nm.
Condition 3: Rainin DynamaxTM column, 8~, ODS, 41 x 250 mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 45 ml/min, eluting with acetonitrile : O.1M aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (50 50), UV detection of product at 235 nm.
Condition 4: Phenomenex MagellanTM column, 5~ Clg silica, 21.2 x 150 mm, column temperature 40oC, flow rate 20 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : O.1M aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (30 : 70 to 95 : 5 over 10 min), UV detection of product at 220 nm.
Condition 5: Phenomenex MagellanTM column, 5~, ODS, 21.2 x 150 mm, column temperature 5 40oC, flow rate 20 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : O.1M
aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (5 : 95 to 95 : 5 over 20 min), UV detection of product at 215 nm.
Condition 6: PhenomeneX MagellanTM column, 5~ Clg silica, 4.6 x 150 mm, column temperature 400; flow rate 1 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile :
O.1M aqueous heptanesulphonic acid (10 : 90 to 90 : 10 over 30 min), UV detection of product at 220 nm.
0 Condition 7: Phenomenex MagellanTM column, 5~. Clg silica, 21.2 x 150 mm, column temperature 40oC, flow rate 20 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : 0.05M
aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (50 : 50 for 15 min then 50 : 50 to 90 : 10 over 5 min), UV detection of product at 220 nm.
Condition 8: Phenomenex MagellenTM column, 5~ Clg silica, 21.2 x 150 mm, column 5 temperature 40°C, flow rate 20 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : O.1M aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (15 : 85 to 85 : 15), UV detection of product at 220 nm.
Condition 9: Phenomenex MagellenTM column, 5~t ODS, 10 x 150 mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 5m1/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : O.1M
aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (5 : 95 to 30 : 70 over 5 min then 30 : 70 for a further 20 min), UV detection of 0 product at 225nm.
Condition 10: Phenomenex MagellanTM column, 5p Clg silica, 21.2 x 150mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 20 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : O.1M aqueous ammonium acetate (5 : 95 to 40 : 60 over 5 min then 40 : 60 for a further 25 min), W
detection of product at 210 nm.
5 Condition 11: Phenomenex MagellanTM column, 5~ ODS, 10 x 150mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 5 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : water (5 : 95 to SS : 45 over 5 min), UV detection of product at 210 nm.
The free base form of the azabicyeles could be obtained from the hydrochloride or acetate 0 salts, for example, in the following way. The salt (0.3 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (20 ml). The basic mixture was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 20 m1). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo to give the free base.
SPE cartridge refers to a solid phase extraction cartridge. These can be commercially obtained from Varian (Mega Bond Elut ~) or IsoluteTM, NB "Examples" numbered 1-144 are compounds related to the instant invention, but with different R4 groups, and are disclosed as such in International Patent Application no.
W000/39089, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
A number of further Examples, such as those in the table below, can be made via o the processes A-K outlined below and in the experimental details following the table Process A
A1 lation 5 Alkylation of the amine of formula Vlll or a salt thereof with R4Lg, where Lg is a suitable leaving group, such as a halogen, triflate, mesylate, etc., in the presence of a base, optionally in the presence of a catalyst, in a polar solvent, at between 0 and 150°C, Preferably the alkylation is carried out with R4Lg (slight excess), where Lg =CI or Br, o an excess of base (2.0-4.0 eq), such as K~C03, NaHC03, or a tertiary amine, such as triethylamine or Hunigs base, in a polar solvent, such as THF, DMF, or MeCN, at between 40 and 120°C, optionally in the presence of a catalyst such as Nal or KI, for 2-24 h r.
see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations", VCH, (1989), p 397, and references cited therein.
For Example:
H H
N~SO~Me ~ N~SO2Me R4Lg TFA salt N
Lg=Br or CI
Conditions: Amine salt (1.0 eq), RX (1.1 eq), NaHC03 (2-4.0 eq), DMF, Nal (cat), 4( Process B
Reductive amination Treating an appropriate aldehyde R4aCH0 with an amine of formula VIII in the presence of a suitable reducing agent (such as sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or catalytic hydrogenation with Pd, Pt or Ni catalysts). The reaction is often performed in the presence of acetic acid at 0-100°C
in THF, MeOH, o DCM, or DCE (1,2-dichloroethane), for 1-24 hr.
Preferably the amine salt is treated with an organic base (1-3 eq), such as triethylamine or Hunigs base, and then the aldehyde (1-1.5 eq), followed by sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1-2.Oeq), in dichloromethane or DCE, at room temperature for 2-24 hr. see RC Larrock; "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to 5 Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), p 835-842, and references cited therein, and Abdel-Magid et al, J. Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 3849.
For example:
H H
N~S02Me \ N~S02Me \ O
w R4a ~ H -----TFA salt N~
H
R4a Conditions: Amine salt (1.0 eq), RCHO (1-l.5eq), Et3N (1-3 eq), Na(OAc)3BH (1-2 eq), DCM
RT.
Process C
Reduction of Amide of Formula XXXI
The amide carbonyl can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent, for example lithium aluminium hydride or borane, in an ethereal solvent, such as THF, at 0-100°C
to generate the desired tertiary amine, see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations", VCH, (1989), pp 432-434, and references cited therein.
Preferably the amide (1.0 eq) is treated with lithium aluminium hydride (1.0-3 eq), at 0°C-RT, in THF, for 1-24 hr, e.g.:
H H
N~S02Me \ N~S02Me / ~ /
LiAIH4 N~ N~
O~ R4a ~ R4a Process D
Oxidation Aldehydes used in process B can be prepared using suitable oxidising agents;
see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), pp 1234-1236 and 1238-1247, and references cited therein.
Preferred oxidants are tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (Ley, et.al., Synthesis, 1994, 639-666), Swern oxidation and related methods (Tidwell, Organic Reactions, 1990, 39, 297-572), and Dess-Martin Periodinane reagent (Dess et al., J. Org.
Chem., 1983, 48, 4155-4156).
H
oxidant R4a/'~OH R4a~O
Process E
Acid/ amine salt coupling to give amides of formula XXXI
Either using an acid chloride + amine in a suitable solvent or the acid activated by a suitable agent, optionally in the presence of a catalyst, for example DMAP, in a suitable solvent; see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A
Guide to Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), pp 1941-1949, and references cited therein. Preferably the carboxylic acid (0.9-1.1 eq), 1-(3-5 dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide. NCI (1-1.5 eq) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (1.0 eq) are stirred in DMF or DCM at RT for 5-15 min and then the amine salt (1 eq) and base (NaHC03 or organic base , Et3N or Hunigs base (2-4 eq)) are added, the reaction taking 2-24 hr at RT.
For Example:
;0 H H
~ N~S02Me ~ N~SO~Me / ,/
\ O
~~ w 'I' R4a/''OH
TFA salt H ~N
O' _R4a Process F
Urea formation Anilines can be converted to a urea using potassium cyanate (excess) in an acidic 5 aqueous solution, see Cross et al., J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 1427-1432. viz.
reaction of the type:
R ~ NH2 K+ O- -N R \ N NH2 1 N HCI, RT, 0.1-10 hr ~ O
5 Process G
Ester to an alcohol Esters can be converted to the corresponding alcohol using a suitable reducing agent, see Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, (1999), pp 1117-1120 and references cited therein. Suitable reducing agents include diisobutylaluminium hydride (DIBAL, see Winterfeldt, Synthesis, 1975, 617) and lithium aluminium hydride (LiAIH4, see Brown, Org. Reactions, 1951, 6, 469).viz. reaction of the type:
~5 O
R O.R1 R
\ ' _\
~OH
Process H
?o Acid to alcohol It should be appreciated that the alcohols used in process D can be prepared from the corresponding acid using a suitable reducing agent; see Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, ?5 (1999), pp 1114-1116. Preferably the reducing agent is either borane (BH3 (1-2 eq), J. Org. Chem., 1973, 38, 2786), or LiAIH4 (1-4 eq), in an ethereal solvent, such as THF, 0-80°C, for 1-24 hr.
R4a OH R4~OH
O
Process I
Alcohol to halide It should be appreciated that the R4Lg used in Process A can be prepared from the corresponding alcohol R4aOH.
Direct methods to prepare alkyl halides and alkyl sulphonates from their alcohols are described by RC Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, (1999), pp 689-700, and references cited therein.
Process J
Benzyl halides to benzyloxyalcohols o Benzyloxyalcohols can be prepared by refluxing the appropriate benzyl halide with sodium or sodium hydride and a polymethylene glycol in xylene, see J. Am.
Chem.
Soc., 1951, 3159-3162.viz. reaction of the type:
R R
Na or NaH
X + HO(CH2)nOH
/ OOH
Xylene !~J n X = halide 5 Process K
Acetals to benzyloxyalcohols Acetals can be treated with a suitable reducing agent in the presence of a Lewis acid or organic acid to give the benyloxyalcohols.
For representative examples see Organic Preparations and Procedures, Int., 1991, 0 23, 4, 427-431, ZrCl4iLiAIH4; J. Org. Chem., 1987, 52, 2594, Zn(BH4)2lMe3SiCl;
and Organic Preparations and Procedures, Int., 1985, 17(1 ), 11-16, NaBH4/TFA.viz.
reaction of the type:
Nn N~
N
S02Me ~ ~
~SO2Me / /
Coupling Processes A-C
+ R-Y
N TFA salt H R
Example Name Precursors) Coupling method -(CH2)n0(CH2)nR examples 145 N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-(2-CI OH
~
H hydroxyethoxy)ethyl]-3-O
N
~
\ azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-''g ~ '' O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami O
de Process A
Alkylation N>
~O
OOH
146 N [3-(3-[2-[2-H (dimethylamino)ethoxy]ethyl N O~
~ ~N ~
~ S }-6-ethyl-3- O
' 0 ' azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-p yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamiProcess B
de Reductive amination HO\/~
~N\
N O
O Process D
~
/
N oxidation i 2-[2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl)ethoxy]acetamide H O'\ ~O~ /NHZ
N~ ~ ~/
H O
O ~ ''O
Process B
Reductive amination N/ O HO~O~NH2 ~O~NH O
Process D
oxidation 148 N (3- f 6-ethyl-3-[2-(2-H pyridinylmethoxy)ethyl]-3-N ~ S / azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- O \ ~ O
/ O ~ ''O Y1}phenyl)methanesulfonami de H N J
\ Process B
N~ N HO~O
N
~O \
Process D
149 N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-(2,2,2-H trifluoroethoxy)ethyl]-3- H
N~ '° azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- \ N~S~
yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami ~ p ~~O
/ O de /
F
N F ~O~F
F O F
O F
Process C
Amide reduction O F
F
HO- v O v 'F
Process E
Amide formation H N (3-~6-ethyl-3-[2-(2-O
N~ propynyloxy)ethyl]-3-~~O
/
~ l i azab H
cyc o[3.1.0]hex-6-/ yl}phenyl)methanesulfonamiprocess B
de HO~
O
Process D
~O~
151 N (3-{3-[2-(allyloxy)ethyl]-H 6-ethyl-3-N w S / azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonamiH
/ de O
Process B
N
O
~O~
HO
Process D
H
N w / N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-(2-O methoxyethoxy)ethyl]-3-HO~ O
O
azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl ] phenyl)methanesulfonami de Process B and D
N~
/
O
154 ~r-(3- f3-[2_ (cyclohexylmethoxy)ethyl]-HO
6-ethyl-3- ~O
azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-O
yl,~phenyl)methanesulfonami de Process C and E
H
N
O
O
N
~.O
(CH2)n0(CH2)nAr examples 1SS nr_[3-(3- f2_[(q._ chlorobenzyl)oxy] ethyl ] -6-ethyl-3- H O ~
\ N s g!~ azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-I / O ~ ~ O yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami de Process B and D
/ CI
N
~O
1S6 N f3-(6-ethyl-3-f 2-f(4- Hod O
N ~S'~ methoxybenzyl)oxvlethyl~-O
O O 3-azabicyclof3.l.0ihex-6- process B and D
yl)phenyllmethanesulfonami w de N / I O
~O ~
All other (CH2)n0(CH2)nAr For a general procedure examples can be prepared via see; J: Arn. Clae~n. Soc., a 2 step process from a benzyl 19S 1, 31 S9-3162.
alcohol or benzyl chloride Aryl substituents (mix. of aryl and aryloxy examples) 157 2-[2-(6-ethyl-6-f3-H [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe \ N~S~' nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- H2N O
0' ~~C 3-yl)ethoxy]benzamide / HO~O I \
\ /
HZN C Process B and D
N
'\
15 8 2-~4-(2-(6-ethyl-6-,3-H
w N~S~ I(methylsulfonyl)aminolphen o, ,o cW° ~ w o i yl~-3-azabicyclof3.l.Olhex-3- NHz '- Process A
yl)ethoxylphenyl~acetamide N
~O
O
\~ N HZ
H N (3-f3-[2-(4- ~ 'O
\ N s g~ aminophenoxy)ethyl]-6- HOI v 0 ' , p ethyl-3- ~ /
/ azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- N H2 yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami Process C and E
de N~
~.O \
H
160 \ N~S~
N {3-[3-(2-{4- ~ / O ~ ~~O
[(aminocarbonyl)amino]phen N ;s,;~ oxy} ethyl)-6-ethyl-3-O O azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yI]phenyl}methanesulfonami de N
~O
N
.. NHa O
H NHZ Process F
161 N (3-{3-[3-(4-H acetylphenyl)propyl]-6-\ N ~ g! ethyl-3-O ~ ~ O azabicyclo[3.I.0]hex-6- U K-156607 O
y1 } phenyl)methanesulfonami de Process A
N
O
162 4-[2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-j(methylsulfonyl)amino)phe ' ~,. NH
n I -3-aza ' ' o S~,O 3y } bicyclo[3.1.0]hex- o so yl)ethoxy]benzenesulfonami Process A
de Nl ~O \
( / fNH2 ,,5, O
O
HO~O \
i O SO
Processes C and E
H N [3-(6-ethyl-3-{2-[4-\ NHS/ (methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]eth o~' ~~O yI}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami de N
~O \
S/
r~ ~'O
O
164 methyl 4-[2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- H~ ~ O
\ ~S/ 3-yl)ethoxy]benzoate o" ~~o / OMe /.
O
Processes B and D
N~
~O \
O~
O
H ethyl {2-[2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-\ N ~S'/ [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe O O nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- ~ O
/ 3-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}acetate OI
O~ Process A
N~ O
\
Hobo 0 0 Processes B and D
methyl {4-[2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe \ N ~S~~ nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-O O 3-yl)ethoxy]phenoxy}acetate Nl ~O \ O O\
/.
O
H N [3-(6-ethyl-3-{2-[4- t-IO
i off \ N ~ S! (hydroxymethyl)phenoxy]eth I / O ~ ~ O yl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- Processes C and E
yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami de or from reduction of example 19-Process G
O \
H
ON \ N~s~
~ o' o N
O \
O~
O
N (3-{3-[2-([l,l'-biphenyl]-4-yloxy)ethyl]-6-ethyl-3-\ N ~S~~ azabicyclo[3.I.0]hex-6-I / O O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami ~ I \
de Processes B and D
N
~O \
H N [3-(3-{2-[4-(4,5-dihydro- Hod o \ N ~ g~ 1,3-oxazol-2-yl)phenoxy]ethyl}-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami processes B and D
de N
~O
O
NJ
HO~O ~
N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-(4-S phenoxyphenoxy)ethyl]-3-O° ~~O azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami processes B and D
de N/
~O
O
(benzyloxy)benz IrLI-6- Commercial aldehyde ,s,. ethyl-3-0 o azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6- processes B
yl~phenyl)methanesulfona mide N O
172 -- off o~° ~ ~ i ~
i \
Processes C and E
N (3-{3-[2_(q._ benzylphenoxy)ethyl]-6-H ethyl-3-N ~ S~ azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-O° '~O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami de N
173 N-{3-[3-(4-cyanobenzyl)-6-ethyl-3-H azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- Commercial aldehyde N~Si yl]phenyl}methanesulfona process B
O' ''O mide N
\\
N
H N (3-{3-[2-(4-\ N~g~ cyclopropylphenoxy)ethyl]- O'~O
/ O ~ '~O 6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl)methanesulfonami de UK-180220 Process A
N
~O \
Substituents of the basic alkyl/alkenyl/alkynyl chains:
O
CI'~O
Process A
phenyl 3-(6-ethyl-6- {3-H [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe N ~S~~ nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-O O 3-yl)propanoate N O
O ~
H Br~
\ N~g~ benzyl4-(6-ethyl-6-{3- O
O ~ ~~O [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- Process A
3-yl)butanoate N>
O \
O
H
N~S.~ N {3-[6-ethyl-3-(3-oxo-3- CI
phenylpropyl)-3-/ O O azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}methanesulfonami \ de Process A
N~ O
H
N ;s~~ N (3-{3-[3-(2,3-dihydro-1H CI . ' \
O o inden-5-yl)-3-oxopropyl]-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- Process A
yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami N~ O de 179 p 2-(6-ethyl-6-{3 ~, Br H [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe I ~ ~O
N ~ S ~ nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-I O ~ ~~O 3-yl)ethyl benzoate /
/ Process A
N/ . / ..
'~
180 H Br~O~~N
N ~S~~ 2-(6-ethyl-6-{3- O
O O [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- Process A
3-yl)ethyl cyanoacetate N
~O
N
O
181 _2-(6-ethyl-6-~3- ~ \ 0 0 ~N / O~CI
j(methylsulfonyl)aminolphen -3-azabicyclof3.l.Olhex- ~N~
o,s,,o 3-~yl 1,5-dimethyl-3- Process A
oxo-2-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-N N 1H pyrazole-4-carboxylate o I N
O O
182 p HO
Processes C and E
N (3-f3-[(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)methyl]-6-H ethyl-3-\ N ~ g! azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-O~ ~O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami de N
O
H N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[(4- O
N ~ S ~ methoxycyclohexyl)methyl]- ~O
O 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami Processes C and E
de N
O' H
\ N ,S~/ N (3-X3-[(2- - - ~ \
/ O O benzylcyclohexyl)methyl] 6 /
ethyl-3 azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yI}phenyl)methanesulfonami Processes C and E
de N ~I
O
H N {3-[6-ethyl-3-(octahydro-N w / 1H inden-2-ylmethyl)-3- Processes C and E
O S''O azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-/ y1] phenyl ~ methanesulfonami de ~N ~
H HO
\ N~ ~ N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[(2- ~ '' \
phenylcyclopropyl)methyl]-/ O o ''O O
3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami de Processes C and E
N>
H N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2- ~..~ ~
\ N~S-~ (phenylsulfonyl)ethyl]-3- HO~S \
azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-/ O O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami /
de Processes C and E
N~
~SO
/
HO~/S\/
Processes B and D
N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-N w / (ethylsulfonyl)ethyl]-3-fl S''O azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-/ y1 } phenyl)methanesulfonami de N~
O' ~O, , ~S~j H C~/~s \
\ N ~ S / N (3-{3-[2-0~. ''O (benzylsulfonyl)ethyl]-6-ethyl-3- process A
azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl~phenyl)methanesulfonami de N
\
O
H
N [2-(6-ethyl-6-{3- ~ / S~N~OH
\ S [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe i, ~~O
O ~ ~~O nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- O
/ 3- Process C and E
yl)ethyl]benzenesulfonamide N~ /
~N.S \
~~ ~~O
O
N~
N [3-(6-ethyl-3-{2- \~~ O CI
[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethy O
1}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- process A
yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami de H
N.S/
/ O ~ ~~O
N
H
~N.S/.
O
192 N [2-(6-ethyl-6-{3- O
H [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe N ss'~' nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- N /~ O H
O O 3-yl)ethyl]acetamide H
Processes B and D
N~
~N
O
193 N [2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe H
H nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- ~ I N ~ CI
N w S / 3-yl)ethyl]benzamide O
O ~ ~~O Process A
N
N
I
O
194 N [2-(6-ethyl-6-{3- O
[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe ~ OH
nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl)ethyl]isonicotinamide N
Processes B and D
H
N ~ S.i O s ''O
N~ ~ N
~N
i O
H O
N i S/ ~ / N~N~OH
O ' ' O N [3-(3-f 2- H H
[(anilinocarbonyl)amino]eth Processes B and D
yl}-6-ethyl-3-\ azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami de N
~N N
O
196 ethyl2-(6-ethyl-6-{3- H O
[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe HON
H nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-N ~ S/ 3-yl)ethylcarbamate O
O ~ ''O
Processes B and D
N
~N O~
O
N 3- 6-eth 1-3- 2-Y [
(phenylsulfanyl)ethyl]-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami Processes C and E
de H
N
/ O,S,,O
N
~S
198 p Hp~S N~
\ N ~S,!
N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-(2- N r 1 / O O pyrimidinylsulfanyl)ethyl]-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- Processes C and E
yI}phenyl)methanesulfonami de '' N
~. S N~
N
Example 199: N(3-f3-f3-(4-acetylphenyl)propyll-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3l0ihex-6-yl~phenyl)methanesulfonamide - and formate salt H
N.S~
' 'p c~ ( w i TFA salt H
To a solution of the trifluoroacetic acid salt of N-[3-(6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (106 mg, 0.27 mmol) in N, N- dimethylformamide (4 ml) was added sodium hydrogen carbonate (90mg, 1.1 mmol), 1-[4-(3-chloropropyl)phenyl]ethanone (58 mg, 0.29 mmol) and sodium iodide (catalytic) and 5 the reaction mixture was heated at 70 °C for 20 h. After cooling, the solvent was removed in-vacuo to give a crude residue. This was purified by silica {14 g) column chromatography eluting'wifh ethyl acetate: hexane (75:25) and then with neat ethyl acetate. Combination and evaporation of the appropriate fractions gave the partially purified product. This material was further purified by preparative HPLC
(condition 1 ) to to afford the formats salt of title compound (16 mg, 12%) as a yellow oil.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3, data for formats salt) : 0.85 (t, 3H), 1.70 (q, 2H), 2.05 (quintet, 2H), 2.15 (s, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.70 (t, 2H), 2.80-2.$5 (m, 4H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 3.70-3.80 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1 H), 7.05-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.90 (d, 2H), 8.40 (s, 1 H).
15 MS {Electrospray) : M/Z (M-H) 439; C25H32N2O3S - H requires 439.2.
Example 200 ' N-(3-~3-f2-(benzyloxy)benzyl6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3101hex-6-yl)phenvl)methanesulfonamide / o / \
N
~~ ~ p ~ 0 0 / O
N O
/
H TFA salt To a solution of 2-benzyloxybenzaldehyde (27mg, 0.13mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) at room temperature was added the trifluoroacetic acid salt N-[3-(6-ethyl-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (50mg, 0.13 mmol) and triethylamine (0.05 ml, 0.38 mmof). The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 2h. At this point sodium triacetoxyborohydride (40.8 mg, 0.19 mmol) was added and the reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 16 h. Water (5m1) was then added to the reaction mixture and the two layers were separated using a Whatman filter tube (hydrophobic polytetrafluoroethylene membrane). The organic layer was then blown down to dryness under a steam of nitrogen. The residue was purified by column chromatography using a Sep-PakTM cartridge packed with silica gel (10 g) eluting with hexane: ethyl acetate (100:0, 1:1, 1:3, 1:6, 1:9 and 0:100) to afford the title compound (28 mg, 46°l°) as an oil.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.85 (t, 3H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 2.00-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.85 (d, 2H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.20 (dd, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 6.90-7.05 (m, 3H), 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.40-7.50 (m, 6H).
MS (Electrospray) : M/Z (M+H) 477; C28H32N~03S + H requires 477.
o Example 201 ' N-f3-f3-(4-cyanobenzyl)-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-yllphenyl~methanesulfonamide H
~NwSiO
N
N
5 The compound above was prepared by a similar method to that of Example 167, using the trifluoroacetic acid salt of N-[3-(6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (100 mg, 0.25mmol) and 4-cyanobenzaldehyde (33mg, 0.25mmol) as the starting materials. The product was purified using preparative HPLC (conditions 3) to afford the title compound (28 mg, 28 %) as an 0 off-white solid.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.85(t, 3H), 1.80 (s, 2H), 2.05 (q, 2H), 2.80 (d, 2H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 7.00-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.20 (m, 1 H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.60 (d, 2H) 5 MS (Electrospray) : MlZ (M+H) 396; CzaH25N302S-H requires 396 Example 202: N-(3-f3-f2-~4-cyclopropylphenoxy)ethyll-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6- I~y phenyl)methanesulfonamide H N
~rv0 I O
cWo ~ \ /
i N~ .. -I TFA salt H .. O
To a solution of the trifluoroacetic acid salt of N-[3-(6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (75 mg, 0.19 mmol) in N,N- dimethylformamide (3 ml) was added sodium hydrogen carbonate (64 mg, 0.8 mmol), 1-(2-chloroethoxy)-4 cyclopropylbenzene (41 mg, 0.21 mmol) and sodium iodide (3 mg, catalytic) and the reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C for 20 h. After cooling, the solvent was removed in-vacuo to give a crude residue. This was purified by preparative HPLC
(condition 2) to afford the formate salt of the title compound (4 mg, 5%) as a brown o gum.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3, data for formate salt) : 0.55-0.60 (m, 2H), 0.80-0.95 (m, 5H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 3H), 2.25 (bs, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 3.15 (d, 2H), 3.45 (t, 2H), 3.80-3.90 (m, 2H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 7.05-7.15 (t, 2H), 7.20 (s, 1 H), 7.30 (t, 1 H).
5 MS (Electrospray) : M/Z (M-H) 439; C25HsaN2CsS - H requires 439.2.
Example 203: N-(3-~6-ethyl-3-f(2-phenylcyclopropyl)methyll-3-azabicyclof31 Olhex-6-yl phenyl)methanesulfonamide H H
/ ..
/ OSO O
H ~ ~ \
_ /
TFA salt H
To a mixture of frans-2-phenylcyclopropylcarboxaldehyde {ref. J. Org. Chem., 1992, 57, 1526} (30 mg, 0.2 mmol) and the trifluoroacetic acid salt of N-[3-(6-ethyl-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dry 1,2-dichloroethane was added Hunigs' base (0.02m1, 0.12mmol). The mixture was sonicated for 3 minutes and then stirred for a further 30 minutes followed by the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (50 mg, 0.25mmol). After stirring for hours, the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50m1) and partitioned between saturated sodium bicarbonate (2 x 25m1). The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 20m1), dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate, filtered and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure to produce a yellow/brown oil. This oil was dissolved in the minimum of quantity of dichloromethane and purified using a BiotageTM 6 g cartridge eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate:hexane (30:70) to ethyl acetate (100%) to afford the title compound (32 mg 62%) as an oil.
5 ' H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.78-0.90 (m, 3H), 0.97 (m, 1 H), 1.24 (m, 1 H), 1.72 (m, 1 H), 1.76-1.79 (m, 2H) 1.90-2.05 (m, 2H) 2.45 (dd, 1 H), 2.60 (dd, 1 H), 2.84-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 3.02-3.08 (m, 2H) 6.89-7.3 (m, 9H).
MS (Electrospray) : M/Z (M+H) 411; C~4H3°SOZN2 + H requires 411 ,0 PREPARATIONS
NB Preparations 1 to 148 from International Patent Application publication no.
W000/39089 are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety, and the same numbering is adhered to herein.
5 Preparation 149 1-f4-(3-chloropropyl)phenyllethanone CI
CI
Aluminium chloride (15.0 g, 0.11 moles) and acetyl chloride (16.0 g, 0.20 moles) 0 were dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml) at room temperature. This mixture was then added dropwise to a solution 1-chloro-3-phenylpropane (15.5 g, 0.10 moles) in dichloromethane (25 ml) at room temperature over 15 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 1 hr and then poured cautiously onto ice. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (450 ml). The organics were washed with water and brine, and then dried (MgS04) and concentrated in-vacuo to give the title compound (19.2 g, 98°I°) as an oil.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 2.10 (quintet, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 3.55 (t, 2H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.90 (d, 2H).
MS (thermospray) : M/Z [M+NH4]+ 214; C"H,3CI0 + NH4 requires 214.1.
l0 Preparation 150 1~2-chloroethoxy)-4-c clopro~ylbenzene HO
\ CIO \
i~
4-Cyclopropylphenol (6.75 g, 50.3 mmol, reference: Horrom et. al., Org. Prep.
Proceed. Int., 1992, 24 (6), 696-698), 2-chloroethyl p-toluenesulfonate (17.71 g, 75.5 mmol), and potassium carbonate (10.4 g, 75.4 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (500 ml) were stirred together under a nitrogen atmosphere at reflux for 30 hours.
The zo reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (1000 ml). The organics were washed with water (3 x 250 ml), dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. This crude material was purified by silica column chromatography eluting with hexane : dichloromethane (4:1 ) and then with hexane dichloromethane (3:1 ) to afford the title compound (8.7 g, 88%) as a solid.
~5 Mpt:47-48°C
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.60-0.70 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.95 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.95 (m, 1H), 3.81 (t, 2H), 4.21 (t, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.02 (d, 2H).
MS (thermospray) M/Z (M) 196; C"H,30CI requires 196.1.
3o Preparation 151 1-Allyl-1 H-pyrolle-2,5-dione (see J. O~. Chem. 1997 62 2652 / ~O
/ O
O + H2N~ ~ N
O
To a solution of.maleic anhydride (98 g, 1.00 mol) in dry toluene (3000 ml) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere was added dropwise a solution of allylamine (57.1 g, 1.00 mol) in toluene (1000 ml) over one hour. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours and then zinc chloride (136.3 g, 1.00 mo() was added and the reaction was heated to 80°C. 1,1,1,3,3,3-Hexamethyldisilazane o (242 g, 1.5 mol) in toluene (1000 ml) was then added dropwise over one hour and the mixture was stirred at 80°C for another 4 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured onto 1 N HCI (4000 ml). The two layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water (2000 ml), saturated sodium bicarbonate (2000 ml) and brine (2000 ml). The organics were concentrated in vacuo 5 to give the title compound (74 g, 54%) as a solid.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDGI3): 4.05 (d, 2H), 5.00-5.15 (m, 2H), 5.60-5.80 (m, 1H), 6.65 (2H, s).
Preparation 152 0 1-(3-nitroahenyl)-1-propanone hydrazone /O
O- I _ \ N' \
/ /
wN~NH2 To a solution of 3-nitropropiophenone (168 g, 0.93 mol) in ethanol (830 ml) at room temperature was slowly added hydrazine monohydrate (96.8 g, 1.93 mol) via a dropping funnel. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 4 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane (750 ml) and water (750 ml). The two layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (250 ml), dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated in-vacuo to give an orange oil. This residue was crystallised from~diisopropyl ether at -20°C to afford the title compound (110 g, 61 °l°) as a yellow crystalline solid.
Mpt: 32°C
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): 1.20 (t, 3H), 2.70 (q, 2H), 5.65 (broad s, 2H), 7.50 (t, 1 H), 7.95 (d, 1 H), 8.10 (d, 1 H), 8.50 (s, 1 H).
MS (Electrospray) M/Z [MH]+ 194; C9H"N30~ + H requires 194.1.
Preparation 153 3-Allyl-6-ethyl-6-~3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabic~rclo[3.1.Olhexane-2.4-dione O
II+
O \ N.O_ \ ,_ O ~ O ~ /
N' wN~NH2 ~JO
O~N~O
To a stirred solution of 1-(3-nitrophenyl)-1-propanone hydrazone (84.7 g, 439 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (1000 ml) was rapidly added manganese dioxide (grade CMD-1 from Sumitromo, 175 g, 2.01 mol) followed by a saturated solution of ethanolic potassium hydroxide (40 ml) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 minutes and during this period the reaction temperature had risen from 19°C
to 25°C. Stirring was then stopped and the mixture was allowed to settle. This S mixture was then filtered through a pad of Celite~ dropwise, directly into a solution of 1-allyl-1H-pyrolle-2,5-dione (57.3 g, 418 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (200 ml). The Celite~
pad was washed with 1,4-dixane (100 ml) to ensure complete addition of the reactants. After stirring at room temperature for one hour the mixture was heated at reflux for 20 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was then crystallised from diisopropyl ether (1000 ml) at 0°C to afford the title compound (83 g, 66%) as an off-white crystalline solid.
MPt: 128-129°C
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.90 (t, 3H), 1.80 (q, 2H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 4.05 (d, 2H), 5.20 o (d, 1 H), 5.30 (d, 1 H), 5.75-5.85 (m, 1 H), 7.55 (t, 1 H), 7.70 (dd, 1 H), 8.20 (dd, 1 H), 8.25 (s, 1 H).
Preparation 154 3-allyl-6-(3-aminophenyl)-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo~3.1.Olhexane-2 4-dione O
II+
N.O_ \ NH2 O~N~O
O N~O
To a stirred suspension of 3-allyl-6-ethyl-6-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (93 g, 310 mmol) and iron powder (151 g, 2.70 o mol) in ethanol (6.75 L) was added calcium chloride (16.7 g, 0.15 mol) in water (1.2 L). The mixture was heated at reflux for three hours and then cooled to room temperature before being filtered through Celite~. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a wet solid. This material was dissolved in dichloromethane (500 ml) and the two layers were separated. The organic layer was dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a pale yellow solid (81 g). This material was crystallised from ethyl acetate and hexane (1:1; 6m1 per gram) at room temperature to afford the title compound (54 g, 65%) as a pale yellow crystalline solid.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.90 (t, 3H), 1.75 (q, 2H), 2.75 (s, 2H), 3.95 (broad s, 2H), 4.05 (d, 2H), 5.25 (d, 1 H), 5.35 (d, 1 H), 5.75-5.85 (m, 1 H), 6.65 (d, 1 H), 6.70 (s, 1 H), 6.75 (d, 1 H), 7.10 (t, 1 H).
Preparation 155 3-(3-Aril-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-yl)aniline NH2 ~ NH2 l~
O N O
N
To a solution of lithium aluminium hydride (1 M solution in THF; 400 ml, 400 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (400 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere at -15°C was added 3-allyl-6-(3-aminophenyl)-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (44 g, 163 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (250 ml) via a dropping funnel over 0.5 hours. The mixture was then allowed to slowly warm to room temperature over one hour. The mixture was heated at 50°C for 3 hours and then cooled to 5°C. Water (400 ml) was then cautiously added to the cooled (5°C) reaction mixture. The solids were removed by filtration 2o through a pad of Celite~ , washing with ethyl acetate (400 ml). The filtrate was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (38.1 g, 96%) as a golden oil.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.85 (t, 3H), 1.80-1.95 (m, 4H), 2.85-3.00 (m, 4H), 3.15 (d, 2H), 3.60 (broad s, 2H), 5.10 (d, 1 H), 5.20 (d, 1 H), 5.80-5.95 (m, 1 H), 6.50 (d, 1 H), 6.60 (s, 1 H), 6.65 (d, 1 H), 7.05 (t, 1 H).
MS (AP+) M/Z [MH]+ 243; C,6H22N~ + H requires 243.2.
Preparation 156 N-f3-(3-aIIKI-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide ~ NH2 ~ N~S/
/ ~ / O ,,O
N. N~
To a solution of 3-(3-allyl-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)aniline (41 g, 169 mmol) to and triethylamine (34 g, 337 mmol) in dichloromethane (750 ml) at -40°C was added dropwise methanesulfonyl chloride (23.7 g, 206 mmol) via a dropping funnel.
The reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm to room temperature over 2 hours and was then stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The organics were then washed with water (4 x 500 ml), dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (59.0 g) as a crude gum.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.85 (t, 3H), 1.85 (s, 2H), 1.95 (q, 2H), 2.80-3.20 (m, 9H), 5.10-5.25 (m, 2H), 5.80-5.95 (m, 1 H), 7.00-7.40 (m, 4H).
Preparation 157 N-f3-(6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-yl)phenyllmethanesulfonamide H NHS/
N~ / \
'O ~ / ~~ '~O
O O
N~ N
H
To a degassed solution of N-[3-(3-allyl-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (54.0 g, 169 mmol) and 1,3-dimethylbarbituric acid s (80.0 g, 512 mmol) in dichloromethane (500 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (2.0 g, 1.73 mmol). The mixture was heated at reflux for 8 hours and then stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The organics were then extracted with 2M HCI (2 x 100 ml) and water (100 ml). The combined aqueous layers were then washed with dichloromethane (4 x 100 ml) and to freeze dried to give a crude solid. This material was purified by preparative HPLC
(condition 4) to afford the trifluoroacetic acid salt of title compound (25.2 g, 53%) as a grey solid.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CD30D): 0.90 (t, 3H), 1.65 (q, 2H), 2.30-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 1s 3H), 3.25-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.80 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.30 (t, 1 H).
MS (AP+) : M/Z [MH]+ 281; C14H20N2O2S + H requires 281.1.
Preparation 158 : 3-Benzyl-6-met~il-6-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhexane-20 2,4-dione To a solution of 1-(3-nitrophenyl)-1-ethanone hydrazone (100g, 0.56mo1), in dioxan (1 L) was added MnOZ (350g, 2.3mo1) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 30mins. The slurry was filtered through celite 2s and the celite pad washed with dioxan (200m1s). The filtrate was returned to a pot and N-benzyl maleimide (110g,) added portionwise over a period of 20mins. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4hrs before being heated under reflux for 16hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed in vacuo. The residue was triturated in methanol (500m1s) and the product isolated by filtration as a white crystalline solid ( 56%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 7.28-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.43-7.45 (d, 2H), 7.52-7.56 (t, 1 H), 7.63-7.65 (d, 1 H), 8.13-8.16 (d, 1 H), 8.17 (s, 1 H) MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 337.5 +H requires 337.3 Preparation 159: 6-(3-Aminophenyl)-3-benzyl-6-methyl-3-azabicyclof3 1 Olhexane-2,4-dione To a slurry of 3-benzyl-6-methyl-6-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (30g, 89mmol) in ethyl acetate (600m1s) was added 5%Pt/C (1.5g, 5wt%).
The mixture was hydrogenated at 4 atm. (=60p.s.i.) / room temperature for 18hrs.
The slurry was filtered through arbacel and the resulting solution evaporated in vacuo to yield the product as a white crystalline solid (24g, 88%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 1.26 (s, 3H), 2.74 (s, 2H), 3.7 (2H, bs), 4.60 (s, 2H), 6.56-6.58 (d, 1 H), 6.60 (s, 1 H), 6.65-6.67 (d, 1 H), 7.07-7.11 (t, 1 H), 7.26-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.42-7.44 (m, 2H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 307.5 +H requires 307.4 Preparation 160: N-~3-f3-Benzyf-6-methyl-2 4-dioxo-3-azabicyclof3 1 Olhex-6-Yll~henyl)methanesulfonamide 3o To a solution of 6-(3-aminophenyl)-3-benzyl-6-methyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (24g, 78mmol) in ethyl acetate (480m1s) was added pyridine (9.5m1s, 118mmol) followed by the slow addition of methane sulfonyl chloride (9.1 mls, 118mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2.5hrs. The reaction mixture was washed sequentially with 1 M HCI solution (120m1s) and water (120m1s).
The ethyl acetate was dried over MgS04 and evaporated in vacuo to yield the product as an orange solid (30g, 99%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 1.27 (s, 3H), 2.77 (s, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 7.08-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.41-7.42 (d, 2H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 385.7 +H requires 385.5 Preparation 161: N-f3-Benzyl-6-methyl-3-azabiyclof3.1.Olhex-6-yllphenyl~
to methanesulfonamide To a solution of N-~3-[3-benzyl-6-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3-azabicy~lo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl]methanesulfonamide (150g, 391 mmol), under nitrogen was added sodium borohydride (31 g, 820mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to <10°C
and the BF3.OEt~ (138.6m1s, 1094mmol) added dropwise maintaining the temperature at <10°C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 2hrs before being heated under reflux for a further 8.5hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to between 0°C and 5°C and an aqueous solution of piperazine (198.5g, 2304mmol in 1.26L of water) added. The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux for a period of l8hrs. The THF was removed under vacuum, ethyl acetate (900m1s) added, and the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with a second portion of ethyl acetate (450m1s). The organic phases were combined and washed with water (750m1s). The organics were dried over MgS04 and evaporated in vacuo to yield the product as a white crystalline solid (129g, 93%).
NMR (CDC13) d: 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.83 (d, 2H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 3.03-3.07 (d, 2H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 7.01-7.02 (s, 1H), 7.06-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.32 (m, 3H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+]357.5 +H requires 357.5 Preparation 162: N-~3-f6-methyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-Lrl]phenyl~methanesulfonamide 7g To a solution of N-{3-benzyl-6-methyl-3-azabiyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}
methanesulfonamide (20g, 56mmol), in methanol, was added ammonium formate (10.6g, 168mmol) and the reaction stirred for 5minutes. 10% Pd/C (8g) was added and the resulting mixture heated at reflux for 16hrs. The mixture was allowed to cool and the catalyst removed by filtration through celite. The solvent was removed in vacuo to yield the product as a pale yellow oil, which solidified on standing (15.2g, 85%).
to NMR (CDCI3) d: 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.85-1.88 (d, 2H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.10 (d, 2H), 3.39-3.44 (d, 2H), 6.92-6.97 (m, 2H), 7.06 (s, 1 H), 7.20-7.23 (m, 1 H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 267.4 +H requires 267.3 Preparation 163 : 3-Benzyl-6-ethyl-6-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabicyclo~3.1.Olhexane-2.4-dione To a solution of 1-(3-nitrophenyl)-1-propanone hydrazone (42.1 gg, 217mmol), in dioxan (630m1s) was added MnO~ (126g, 1440mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 20mins. The slurry was filtered through celite and the celite pad washed with dioxan (200m1s). The filtrate was returned to a pot and N-benzyl maleimide (44.9g, 239mmol) added portionwise over a period of 20mins. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 60hrs before being heated under refiux for 16hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed in vaeuo. The residue was heated to reflux in methanol (1200m1s) for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The product was isolated by filtration as a white crystalline solid (42.4g, 56%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 0.69-0.73 (t, 3H), 1.47-1.49 (q, 2H), 2.78 (s, 2H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 7.3-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.44 (d, 1 H), 7.52-7.55 (t, 1 H), 7.62-7.65 (d, 2H), 8.17-8.18 (m, 3H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 351.5 +H requires 351.3 Preparation 164: 6-(3-AminophenLrl)-3-benzyl-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo(3.1 Olhexane-dione To a slurry of 3-benzyl-6-ethyl-6-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (42.1 g, 120mmol) in ethyl acetate (850m1s) was added 5%Pt/C (2.1 g, 5wt%).
The mixture was hydrogenated at 60psi/ room temperature for 18hrs. The slurry was filtered through arbacel and the resulting solution evaporated in vacuo to yield the product as a white crystalline solid (34.1g, 89%).
l0 NMR (CDCI3) d: 0.70-0.74 (t, 3H), 1.41-1.47 (q, 2H), 2.73 (s, 2H), 3.68 (bs, 2H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 6.55-6.57 (d, 1 H), 6.60 (s, 1 H), 6.66-6.68 (d, 1 H), 7.07-7.10 (t, 1 H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.43 (d, 2H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 321.4 +H requires 321.4 Preparation 165: N-f3-f3-Benzyl-6-ethyl-2,4-dioxo-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-Ilphenyl~methanesulfonamide To a solution of 6-(3-aminophenyl)-3-benzyl-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (31.5g, 98mmol) in dichloromethane (250m1s) was added pyridine (9.5m1s, 118mmol) followed by the slow addition of methane sulfonyl chloride (9.1 mls, 118mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16hrs. The reaction mixture was washed sequentially with 1 M HCI solution (250m1s) and water (120m1s).
The dichloromethane was dried over MgS04 and evaporated in vacuo to yield the product as a waxy pink solid (38.2g, 98%).
a5 NMR (CDCI3) d: 0.68-0.72 (t, 3H), 1.42-1.47 (q, 2H), 2.75 (s, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 7.13-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.42 (m, 4H), 7.41-7.43 (d, 2H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 399.6 +H requires 399.5 Preparation 166: N-f3-Benzyl-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3 1 Olhex-6-yllphenyl}
methanesulfonamide To a solution of N-~3-[3-benzyl-6-ethyl-2,4-dioxo-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}methanesulfonamide (38.2g, 95mmol), in THF (200m1s) under nitrogen was added sodium borohydride (7.46g, 201 mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to <10 C and the BF3.OEt~ (38.1 mls, 268mmol) added dropwise maintaining the temperature at <10 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 2hrs before being heated under reflux for a further 12hrs.
The reaction mixture was cooled to between 0°C and 5°C and an aqueous solution of piperazine (48.7g, 565mmol in 320m1s of water) added. The reaction mixture was 5 then heated under reflux for a period of 18hrs. The THF was removed under vacuum, ethyl acetate (200m1s) added, and the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with a second portion of ethyl acetate (200m1s).
The organic phases were combined and washed with 3 separate portions of water (3x400m1s). The organics were dried over MgS04 and evaporated in vacuo to yield to the product as a white crystalline solid (33.5g, 94%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 0.84-0.88 (t, 3H), 1.76-1.77 (d, 2H), 2.06-2:12 (q, 2H), 2.79-2.81 (d, 2H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 3.06-3.08 (d, 2H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 7.01-7.03 (d, 1 H), 7.08-7.10 (d, 2H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.32 (m, 3H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 371.3 +H requires 371.5 Preparation 167: N-f3-f6-Ethyl-3-azabicyclo~3.1.~lhex-6-yllphenyllmethanesulfonamide To a solution of N-{3-benzyl-6-ethyl-3-azabiyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}
methanesulfonamide (500mg, 1.34mmol), in methanol (30m1s), was added ammonium formate (255mg, 4.05mmol) and the reaction stirred for 5minutes. 10%
Pd/C (200mg) was added and the resulting mixture heated at reflux for 2hrs.
The mixture was allowed to cool and the catalyst removed by filtration through celite. The solvent was removed in vacuo to yield the product as a pale yellow oil, which solidified on standing (15.2g, 85%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 0.80-0.84 (t, 3H), 1.64-1.69 (q, 3H), 1.82-1.86 (d, 2H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.18 (d, 2H), 3.21-3.26 (d, 2H), 7.01-7.06 (d, 1H), 7.10-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.28 (m, 1 H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 281.7 +H requires 281.4 $1 Other building block materials useful in synthesising compounds of formula (I) with various difFerent R4 groups are available from the sources indicated in the table below, and routine derivatisation thereof, or analogy synthesis.
R4 Substructure Example of commercialLiterature reference source -(CH2)n0(CH2)nR
examples ALDRICH
~OH
CI~
O
ALDRICH
HO~
~N~
O
SALOR
HO~O~NH2 O
1. Org.Magn.Reson., HO~O I ~ 1975, Vol 7, 488-495.
N
F
HO- V O v 'F
Alcohol US 5157159 MAYBRIDGE
HO~O
ALDRICH
~O
HO
HO~O~O\ ALDRICH
HO~ Bull. Soc. Chim.
1 Fr.;
-~ ~O
~ 1947, 616 .
~
O
Alcohol-EP-0811621 (CH2)n0(CH2)nAryl examples BIONET
HO~O I \
CI
Ho~O \ 1. J. Org. Chem., 1987, 52 (12), 2594.
O
2. Org. Prep. Proceed.
Int; 23, 4; 1991, 427.
All other For a general procedure (CH2)n0(CH2)nAryl see; J. Am. Chem.
Soc., examples could be 1951, 3159-3162.
prepared via 2 step process from a benzyl alcohol or benzyl chloride Aryl substituents on R4 (mix. of aryl and aryloxy examples) H2N °
H0~° w SALOR
J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 1427.
° I ~ o J. Med. Chem., EN; 28, NH 10, 1985, 1427.
Z
SALOR
No °
/
NNz H By manipulation of the N~SOzMe product above.
/
N
~O
O
/ H~NHz DE 2135678;
CI'~° I ~ DE 3636333 / S~NHZ
Rev. Med.-Chiv., 1985, 89 (2), 316-20.
SPECS
o ~ '0 HO-/ S~
O~~ ~O
Hobo w APIN
OMe p J. Med. Chem., 28, 10, 1985,1427 J. Med. Chem., 28, 10, O 1985,1427 cW° ~ w /
Ho~o 0 o EP-0171760 o J. Med. Chem., 28, 10, 1985, 1427.
o LANCASTER
H O' OH
Ho~O I ~ ICN-RF
MAYBRIDGE
Ho~° I ~
/ o N
8s No~~ I ~ ~ i I SALOR
o Ho~° ( ~ MAYBRIDGE
° ~
I.
Agric. Biol. Chem., 1978, off 1767.
o' v ° I ~ ~ ~ WO 9611192 (alcohol) Imidazole analogue: J.
Med Chem., 1981, 24(10), 1139 HO~O \ MAYBRIDGE
J. Med. Chem., 28, 10, ~\N 1985, 1427.
Substituents of the basic R4 alkyl/alkenyUalkynyl chains:
ICN-RF
CI'~~ O
O \ WYCHEM
ALDRICH
O
cm-' /
O SALOR
c1 O ALDRICH
\ ~Br ~O
gr~.0 \ J. Am. Chem. Soc., 78, \~~ N 1956, 4944.
O
Alcohol: EP-136260 0 o SALOR
\ ci N -~o~
N
ALDRICH
O
HO ' O / ALDRICH
O
HO
O OH SALOR
/
HO J. Org. Chem., 1954, 1449.
O
g7 ALDRICH
Ho O O O LANCASTER
~S ~ Alcoflol-ALDRICH
HO I ~.
O O LANCASTER
vy HO~S~
LANCASTER
O~~O
~S \
CI
O SPECS
H
N' ~
/ S~; v -OH
O O
H M DA
\ ~N~CI
~ S~~O
O
O ALDRICH
~N~OH
H
ALDRICH
MAYBRIDGE
SCI
O
O ALDRICH
\ H~OH
N /
O MAYBRIDGE
/ N~N~OH
H H
O~ SALOR
N\ , HO
O
O ALDRICH
HOI v s ~
O ALDRICH
HO- v s N~
N
This invention relates to pharmaceutically useful compounds, in particular compounds that bind to opiate receptors (e.g. mu, kappa and delta opioid receptors).
Compounds that bind to such receptors are likely to be useful in the treatment of diseases modulated by opiate receptors, for example irritable bowel syndrome; constipation; nausea;
vomiting; and pruritic dermatoses, such as allergic dermatitis and atopy in animals and humans.
Compounds that bind to opiate receptors have also been indicated in the treatment of eating disorders, opiate overdoses, depression, smoking and alcohol addiction, sexual dysfunction, shock, stroke, 0 spinal damage and head trauma.
There is a particular need for an improved treatment of itching. Itching, or pruritus, is a common dermatological symptom that can give rise to considerable distress in both humans and animals. Pruritus is often associated with inflammatory skin diseases which may be 5 caused by hypersensitivity reactions, including reactions to insect bites, such as flea bites, and to environmental allergens, such as house dust mite or pollen; by bacterial and fungal infections of the skin; or by ectoparasite infections.
Existing treatments that have been employed in the treatment of pruritus include the use of corticosteroids and antihistamines. However, both of these treatments are known to have undesirable side effects. Other therapies that have been employed include the use of essential fatty acid dietary supplements, though these have the disadvantages of being slow to act, and of offering only limited efficacy against allergic dermatitis. A
variety of emollients such as soft paraffin, glycerine and lanolin are also employed, but with limited success.
Thus, there is a continuing need for alternative and/or improved treatments of pruritus.
Certain 4-arylpiperidine-based compounds are disclosed in itZter alia European patent applications EP 287339, EP 5064b8 and EP 506478 as opioid antagonists. In addition, International Patent Application WO 95/15327 discloses azabicycloalkane derivatives useful as neuroleptic agents.
International Patent Application WO00/39089, filed before the priority date of the instant application, but published thereafter, is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety, and discloses azabicycloalkanes of similar structure to those described hereinbelow, with different R4 groups.
According to the invention there is provided a compound of formula I, RZ
(X)n o R ~ / ~,R5 R
c(o)q wherein the "Ar" ring represents an optionally benzo-fused phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring;
Rl when taken alone is H, halogen, N02, NH2, NY2WYl, Hetl, AD, CO~R~, C(O)Rg, C(=NOH)Rg, or OE, Y2 is H, CI_6 alkyl, C3_~ alkenyl (each of which alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted by aryl, aryloxy or Hetl), W is 502, CO, C(O)O, P(Yl)=O, P(Yl)=S, Y1 is CI_IO alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, OH, Cl_q. alkoxy, C1_( alkanoyloxy, CONH2, C1_6 alkoxycarbonyl, NH2, aryl, mono- or di(C1_4 alkyl)amino, C3_g cycloalkyl, phthalimidyl, Hetl), Hetl, aryl (optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from Cl_q. alkyl, 0 Cl_4 haloalkyl and halogen), NH2, N(C1_6 alkyl)2 or NH(Cl_6 alkyl), Hetl is a heterocyclic group containing up to 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O
and S, which may comprise up to 3 rings (preferably a heteroaryl group, optionally benzo- or pyrido-fused heteroaryl), optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from C1_6 alkyl, C1_6 alkoxy, C3_6 cycloalkyl, C1_6 haloalkoxy, C1_6 haloalkyl, C3_6 halocycloalkyl, =O, OH, halogen, N02, SiR19aR19bR19c~ CON20aR20b~ ~20aR20b~ SR2la~ ~21bsp2R22a~
~2lcC(O)OR22b, NR2IdCOR22d, and C1_6 alkoxycarbonyl, and if a S atom is present in a ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)-or -S(02)- group, and carbon atoms in the ring can be present as a part of a carbonyl moiety;
g.l9a~ Rl9b~ Rl9c each independently represent C1_6 alkyl or aryl, 0 R20a and R20b each independently represent H, C1_6 alkyl, aryl, (C1_q.
alkyl)phenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more C1_q. alkyl, C 1 _q. alkoxy, OH, N02, NH2 and/or halogen, or R20a and R20b can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached, to form a 4- to 6-membered ring optionally substituted by one or more substitutuents independently 5 selected from one or more C1_q. alkyl, C1_q. alkoxy, OH, =O, N02, NH2 and/or halogen, R2la, b, c and d each independently represent H, C1_6 alkyl, aryl or C1_q.
aIkylphenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl, and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more C1_q. alkyl, C1_4 alkoxy, OH, N02, halogen, NH2, R22a, b and c each independently represent C1_6 alkyl, aryl or C1_q alkylphenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl, and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more C1_q. alkyl, C1_4 alkoxy, OH, N02, halogen, NH2, A is C1_q. alkylene, C2_q. alkenylene or C2_q. alkynylene, each of which is optionally substituted by one or more C1_q. alkyl, C1_4 alkoxy, halogen and/or OH, D is H, OH, CN, NR25R26, CONR25R26, NHR27, C02R28, COR29, C(=NOH)R29, or AD is CN, NR25R26, CONR25R26, where R25 and R26 are either each independently H, C1_3 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, aryl, C1_4 alkylphenyl (each of which C1_3 alkyl, C3_g eycloalkyl, aryl and C1_4 alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more N02, halogen, C1_q. alkyl and/or C1_q.
alkoxy, (each of which latter C1_q. alkyl and C1_q. alkoxy is optionally substituted by one or more halogen)), or R~5 and R~6 are taken together with the N atom to which they are attached and can form a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring optionally incorporating one or more further hetero atoms selected from N, O and S, and which ring is optionally substituted by one or more C1_ q, alkyl, OH, =O, NO~, NH2 and/or halogen, R27 is COR30, C02R31a~ S02R31b~
R~8 and R29 are each independently H, Cl_6 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, aryl or C1_ q.alkylphenyl, each of which Cl_6 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, aryl and Cl_q.
alkylphenyI are 0 optionally substituted by one or more N02, halogen, Cl_4 alkyl, C1_4 alkoxy (each of which latter C1_q. alkyl and C1_q. alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more halogen), R30 is H, C1_q. alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, G1_q. alkoxy, C3_g cycloalkyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, C1_4 alkylphenyl, phenyl{Cl_q. )alkoxy, (each of which C1_q. alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, Cl_q. alkoxy, 5 C3_g cycloalkyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, Cl_q. alkylphenyl and phenyl(Cl_q.
)alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more NOa, halogen, C1_q. alkyl, C1_4 alkoxy (which latter alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more halogen)), R3la and R3lb are each independently Cl_q. alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, aryl or C1_4 0 alkylphenyl, each of which is optionally substituted by one or more N02, halogen, Cl_4 alkyl or C1_4 alkoxy, each of which latter alkyl and alkoxy is optionally substituted by one more halogen E is H, CONR32R33, CSNR3~R33, COR34, C02R34, COCH(R34a)NH2, R35 5 CH~,CO~R35a, CHR35bCO~R35a~ CH~OC02R35c~ CHR35dOCO~R35c~
COCR36-CR37NH~, COCHR36CHR37NH2, or PO(OR38)2, R32 and R33 are each independently H, C3_10 alkylalkenyl, C3_7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by C1_q. alkyl), phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n), C1_10 alkyl (optionally 0 substituted by Cq._7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by C1_q, alkyl) or phenyl optionally substituted by (X)n), or R32 and R33 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached and can form a 5- to 8-membered heterocycle optionally comprising further hetero atoms selected from N, O and S, which heterocycle is optionally substituted by Cl_q. alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more halogen, R34 is H, C4_7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more Cl_4 alkyl), phenyl 5 (optionally substituted by (X)n, Cl_4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33~ C0~32R33 and/or OH), or Cl_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C4_~ cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl), or phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C1_4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CONR32R33 and/or OH)), 0 R34a is H, Cl_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C4_~
cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl), or phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, Cl_4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33~ C0~32R33 and/or OH)), Cq._~ cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C 1 _4 alkyl), phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C 1 _4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CONR32R33 and/or OH) or a naturally occuring amino acid S substituent, R35 is C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl, phenyl (optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, Cl_4 alkanoyl, NHR32, CON(R32)2, and/or OH), Cl_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 0 alkyl, or phenyl (optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, Cl_4 alkanoyl, NHR32, CON(R32)2, and/or OH)), C 1 _4 alkoxy(C 1 _4 alkyl), phenyl(C 1 _4)alkyloxy(C
1 _4)alkyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, cinnamyl or trimethylsilyl, R35a,b,c and d are each independently H, C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or 5 more C1_4 alkyl, phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n or Cl_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more Cl_4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n), R36 and R3~ each independently represent H, C3_6 alkylalkenyl, C4_~
cycloalkyl, phenyl 0 optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, or C1_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4_~
cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n), R38 is C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C~_4 alkyl, phenyl optionally 5 substituted by one or more (X)n, or Cl_6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4_~ cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more Cl_4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (Y)n), R2 when taken alone is H or halogen;
or Rl and R2, when attached to adjacent carbon atoms, can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, and may represent Hetla;
Hetla is a heterocyclic group containing up to 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, 0 which may comprise up to 3 rings (and is preferably an optionally benzo-fused 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring) and which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from OH, =O, halogen, C1_4 alkyl, C1_4 haloalkyl, C1_4 alkoxy and C1_4 haloalkoxy, which C1_4 alkyl, C1_4 haloalkyl, C1_4 alkoxy and C1_4 haloalkoxy groups can be 5 optionally substituted by one or more C3_6 cycloalkyl, aryl(C1_6)alkyl, which aryl group is optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C1_4 alkyl, C1_4 haloalkyl, C1_4 alkoxy and C1_4 haloalkoxy, which latter C 1 _4 alkyl, C 1 _4 haloalkyl, C 1 _4 alkoxy and C 1 _4 haloalkoxy groups can be optionally substituted by one or more NR23R24~ ~235(O)nR24~ ~23C(O)mR24~
0 and if a S atom is present in a ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)- or -S(02)- group, which R23 and R24 when taken alone independently represent H, C1_4 alkyl, or C1_4 haloalkyl, 5 or R23 and R24 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached, to form a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring optionally comprising one or more further heteroatoms selected from, N, O, or S, and which heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C1_4 alkyl, C1_4 haloalkyl, C1_4 alkoxy and/or C1_4 haloalkoxy groups, 0 R3 is H, CN, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, C1_g alkoxycarbonyl, C2_6 alkanoyl, C2_6 alkanoyloxy, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3_g cycloalkyloxy, C4_g cycloalkanoyl, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, saturated heterocycle, NR12R13, CONR12R13~ Ny2wyl~ C1-6 alkyl, C2_10 alkenyl, C2_10 alkynyl, (each of which alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups is optionally substituted by one or more CN, halogen, OH, C1_6 alkoxy, C1_6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2_( alkyloxycarbonyloxy, Cl_6 alkanoyl, Cl_6 alkanoyloxy, C3_g cycloalkyl, C3_g cycloalkyloxy, Cq_g cycloalkanoyl, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, saturated heterocycle, NR12R13~ C0~12R13 and/or NY2WY1), R4 is Cl_10 alkyl, C3_10 alkenyl or C3_10 alkynyl, each of which groups is linked to the N
atom via a spa carbon, and which group is substituted by one or more substituents selected from:
C2_~ alkoxy [substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, C2_q. alkynyl, C2_q. alkenyl, heteroaryll, aryll, COCH2CN, LO CO(heteroaryll), CO(aryll), C02(heteroaryll), COCH2(aryll), COCH2(heteroaryll), C02CH2(aryll), C02CH2(heteroaryll), S(O)n(Cl_g alkyl), S(O)n(aryll), S(O)n(heteroaryll), S02NR25R26 and cycloalkyll], S(O)nCl_~ alkyl [optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, 5 CONR25R26, halogen, C1_g alkoxy, C2_q. alkynyl, C2_q alkenyl, heteroaryll, aryll, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryll), CO(aryll), CO2(heteroaryll), COCH2(aryll), COCH2(heteroaryll), C02CH2(aryll), CO2CH2(heteroaryll), S(O)n(C1_~ alkyl), S(O)n(aryll), S(O)n(heteroaryll), S02NR25R26 and cycloalkyll], 0 aryl2, C02CH2(heteroaryl 1 ), C02CH2(aryl 1 ), cycloalkyll, CO(heteroaryll), 5 CO(aryll), OCO(aryl 1), OCO(heteroaryl l), OCO(C1_6 alkyl), OCOCH2CN, 0 C02(heteroaryll), C02(aryll), COCH2(heteroaryll), S(O)naryll, S(O)nCH2aryl l, 5 S(O)n(heteroaryll), S(O)nGH2(heteroaryll), NHS 02 aryl l, NHS02(Cl_6 alkyl), NHS 02 (heteroaryI 1 ), NHS02CH2(heteroaryll), NHS02CH2(aryll), NHCOaryI l, NHCO(Cl_6 alkyl), NHCONHaryI l, l0 NHCONH(C1_6 alkyl), NHCOheteroaryl l, NHCONHheteroaryl l, NHC02(aryl l), NHC02(Cl_6 alkyl), ~5 NHC02(heteroaryll), aryl2oxy, heteroarylloxy, C 1 _6 alkoxycarbonyl substituted by C l _6 alkyl, aryl, C l _6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl l ), C l _4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, '0 C2_6 alkanoyl substituted by Cl_6 alkyl, aryl, C1_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), Cl_4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26~
C2_6 alkanoyloxy substituted by Cl_6 alkyl, aryl, Cl_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), Cl_4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, cycloalkyl l oxy, ;5 COcycloalkyll, heterocycle substituted by one or more substituent selected from Cl_6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26~ Ng25R26~ ~CONR25R26, CO(Cl_6 alkyl), S02NRZSR26~ S02(Cl-6 alkyl), C02(Cl_6 alkyl), CH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), OCH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3_~
cycloalkyl, ~0 heterocyclyloxy substituted by one or more substztuent selected from C1_6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26~ ~g25R26~ ~CONR~SR26, CO(Cl_6 alkyl), S02NR25R26, S02(Cl_6 alkyl), C02(Cl_6 alkyl), CH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), OCH2C02(Cl_6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3_7 cycloalkyl, WHEREIN aryll is phenyl optionally fused to a CS_~ carbocyclic ring, which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1_6 alkyl(optionally substituted by OH, CN or halogen), C1_6 haloalkoxy, OH, =O, NY2WY1, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26~ ~25R26~ ~C0~25R26~ CO(C1-6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, S02NR25R26, S(O)n(C1_6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl), CO2(C 1 _6 alkyl), C02(aryl), C02(heteroaryl), C02H, (CH2) 1 _q.C02(C 1-6 alkyl), (CH2) 1 _ q.C02H, (CHZ)1-4C02(aryl), (CH2)1-4C02(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1-4C02(C1-6 alkyl), O(CH2)1_q.C02H; O(CH2)1_4C02(aryl), O(CH2)1_q.C02(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1-4CONR25R26 and C3_~ cycloalkyl, aryl2 is phenyl optionally fused to a CS_~ carbocyclic ring, which group is substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1_6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26~ ~CONg25R26~ CO(C1_6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, S02NR25R26, S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl), C02(C1_6 alkyl), C02(aryl), CO2(heteroaryl), C02H, (CH2)1_q.C02(C1_6 alkyl), (CH2)1-4C02H, (CH2)1-q.C02(aryl), (CH2)1-4C02(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1_4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), O(CH2)1-4C02H, O(CH2)1_4C02(aryl), O(CH2)1-4C02(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1_qCONR25R26 and C3_~ cycloalkyl, heteroaryll is heteroaryl optionally fused to a CS_~ carbocyclic ring, which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1_6 alkyl(optionally substituted by OH, CN or halogen), C1_6 haloalkoxy, OH, =O, NY2WY1, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26~ ~25R26~ NHCONR25R26, CO(C1_6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, S02NR25R26, S(O)n(C1_6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl);
C02(C1_g alkyl), C02(aryl), C02(heteroaryl), C02H, (CH2)1-4C02(C1-6 alkyl), (CH2)1-q.CO2H, (CH2)I-4C02(aryl), (CH2)I-4C02(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1-4C~2(Cl-6 alkyl), O(CH2) 1-4C02H, O(CH2) 1 _q.C02(aryl), O(CH2) 1-4C02(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1-4CONR25R26 and C3_~ cycloalkyl, cycloalkyll is a C3_10 carbocyclic system with one or two rings and which is substituted by C1_6 alkyl, aryl, C1_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), C1_q. haloalhyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR2SR26, Z is a direct bond, CO or S(O)n group, 1~
B is (CHZ)p, R12 and R13 each independently represent H or C1_q. alkyl, or R1~ and R13 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle optionally comprising a further hetero moiety selected from ~16~ O and/or ~; and which is optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl, 0 R14 and R15 each independently represent H, C1_10 alkyl, C3_10 alkenyl, C3_10 alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R14 and Rls can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle optionally comprising a further hetero moiety selected from 5 NR16, O and/or S, and which is optionally substituted by one or more C1_4 alkyl, R16 is H, C1_6 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, (C1_6 alkylene)(C3_g cycloalkyl) or (C1_6 alkylene)aryl, 0 RS and R$ when taken separately are each independently H, C1_6 alkyl, RS and R8 can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are joined to form a C3_g cycloalkyl ring, 5 R6, R~, R9 and R10 when taken separately are H, RS and R6 or R~ can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are joined to form a C3_g cycloalkyl ring, 0 X is halogen, C1_q. alkyl, C1_q. alkoxy, C1_q. haloalkyl or C1_4 haloalkoxy, m is 1 or 2;
n is 0, 1 or 2;
~1 pis0,1,2,3,4,5,G,7,8,9or10;
qis0orl;
"Naturally occuring amino acid substituent" means the a-substituent that occurs in any one of the following natural amino acids, glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, tyrosine, histidine, serine, threonine, methionine, cysteine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, asparagine, glutamine, lysine, arginine or proline;
0 "Heteroaryl" represents an aromatic ring containing up to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, and if a S atom is present in the ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)- or -S(O)2- group, and which may be joined to the remainder of the compound via any available atom(s);
5 "Heterocycle" is a group containing 1, 2 or 3 rings, and which contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S and up to 18 ring carbon atoms;
"Aryl", including in the definitions of "aryloxy", etc., means a group comprising a phenyl ring and which may incorporate a further carbocyclic ring fused to said phenyl ring and 0 which may be joined to the remainder of the compound via any available atoms) (examples of such groups include naphthyl, indanyl, etc.);
"Alkyl", "alkenyl" and "alkynyl" groups can be linear or branched if the number of carbon atoms allows;
"CycloalkyI" groups can be polycyclic if the number of carbon atoms allows;
or a pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable derivative or prodrug thereof.
Where a fused heterocyclic group is present it can be attached to the remainder of the compound via.any available atom(s).
"Haloalkyl", "haloalkoxy", groups and the like can contain more than one halogen atom, and for instance can be per-halogenated.
1~
Certain of the compounds of the invention can exist in one or more geometric and/or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention includes all such individual isomers and salts and prodrugs thereof.
Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in more than one tautomeric form.
Similarly certain compounds of the invention may have zwitterionic forms. It is to be understood that the invention embraces all such tautomers, zwitterions and their derivatives.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the formula (I) include the acid l0 addition and the base salts thereof. Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts and examples are the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, sulphate, hydrogen sulphate, nitrate, phosphate, hydrogen phosphate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, lactate, tartrate, citrate, gluconate, succinate, benzoate, methanesulphonate, benzenesulphonate and p-toluenesulphonate salts. Suitable base salts are formed from bases '~.5 which form non-toxic salts and examples are the aluminium, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc and diethanolamine salts. For a review on suitable salts see Berge et al, J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1-19 (1977).
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that certain protected derivatives of '0 compounds of formula (I), which may be made prior to a final deprotection stage, may not possess pharmacological activity as such, but may, in certain instances, be transformed after administration into or onto the body, for example by metabolism, to form compounds of formula (I) which are pharmacologically active. Such derivatives are included in the term "prodrug". It will further be appreciated by those skilled in the art that certain moieties 5 lazown to those skilled in the art as "pro-moieties", for example as described in "Design of Prodrugs" by H Bundgaard (Elsevier) 1985, may be placed on appropriate functionalities when such functionalities are present in compounds of formula (I), also to form a "prodrug".
Further, certain compounds of formula I xnay act as prodrugs of other compounds of formula I.
All protected derivatives, and prodrugs, of the compounds of formula I are included within the 0 scope of the invention.
Preferably the "Ar" ring represents phenyl or pyridyl.
Most preferably the "'Ar" ring represents a group of formula:
Rz R~
Preferably R1 when taken alone is OH, CN, halogen, N02, NH2, NY2WY1 or Hetl.
More preferably Rl when taken alone is OH, CN, I, Cl, NH2, N02, optionally benzo-fused heteroaryl, NHS02Y1, NHCOYl or NHC02Y1.
Yet more preferably Rl when taken alone is OH, CN, h Cl, NH2, N02,1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4 triazolyl, imidazol-2-yl, pyridin-2-yl, thien-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, benzimidazol-2-yl, 0 NHS02(C1_6 alkyl), NHS02(C1_~ alkyl substituted by methoxy, CONH2, OH, C02(C2-~
alkyl), phthalimido, NH2 or halogen), NHS02NH2, NHS02NH(Cl_6 alkyl), NHS02N(Cl-alkyl)2, NHS02Hetla, NHCO(Cl-g alkyl) or NHC02(Cl-g alkyl).
Even more preferably R1 is OH, NHS02CH3, NHS02C2H5, NHS02(n-C3H~), NHS02(i-C3H~), NHS02(n-Cq.H~), NHS02NH(i-C3H~), NHS02(N-methylimidazol-4-yl), S NHS02(CH2)20CH3, NHS02(CH2)20H, 1,2,4-triazolyl or imidazol-2-yl.
Most preferably RI is OH, NHS02CH3, NHS02C2H5 or imidazol-2-yl.
Preferably R2 when taken alone is H.
0 Rl and R2 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached are preferably an optionally benzo-fused 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl ring optionally substituted by C 1 _4 alkyl or C 1 _4 haloalkyl.
More preferably Rl and R2 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached are a 5-membered heteroaryl moiety optionally substituted by Cl_4 alkyl or Cl_4 5 haloalkyl.
Yet more preferably R1 and R2 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached are an imidazole group optionally 2-substituted by CF3.
Preferably X is Cl.
Preferably n is 0.
Preferably q is 0.
S Preferably R3 is H, CN, C 1 _6 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more halogen, OH, C 1 _ 6 alkoxy, C 1 _6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2_6 alkanoyl, C2_6 alkanoyloxy, C2_6 alkyloxycarbonyloxy, NR12R13~ Cp~12R13 and/or NY2WY1).
More preferably R3 is H, CH3, C2H5, i-C3H~, n-C3H~ or CH20CH3.
Most preferably R3 is CH3.
l0 Preferably R4 is C1_10 alkyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from:
C2_6 alkoxy [substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, C2_q. alkynyl, C2_q. alkenyl, heteroaryll, aryll, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryll), CO(aryll), C02(heteroaryll), COCH2(aryll), COCH2(heteroaryll), C02CH2(aryll), CO2CH2(heteroaryll), S(O)n(C1_6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryll), S(O)n(heteroaryll), S02NR25R26 and cycloalkyll], S(O)nC~_6 alkyl [optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26~
CONR25R26, halogen, C1_6 alkoxy, C2_q. alkynyl, C2_q. alkenyl, heteroaryll, aryll, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryll), CO(aryll), C02(heteroaryll), COCH2(aryll), COCH2(heteroaryll), C02CH2(aryll), C02CH2(heteroaryll), S(O)n(C1_6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryll), S(O)n(heteroaryll), S02NR25R26 and cycloalkyll], 5 aryl2, C02CH2(heteroaryl 1 ), C02CH2(aryl l), cycloalkyl l, CO(heteroaryll), 0 CO(aryll), OCO(aryll), OCO(heteroaryll), OCO(C1_6 alkyl), OCOCH2CN, 5 CO2(heteroaryll), C02(aryl l), COCH2(heteroaryl l), S(O)naryll S(0)nCH2aryl 1 5 S(O)n(heteroaryll), S(O)nCH2(heteroaryll), NHS02aryl l, NHS02(C1_6 alkyl), NHS02(heteroaryll), 0 NHS02CH2(heteroaryll), NHS02CH2(aryll), NHCOaryl l, NHCO(C1_6 alkyl), NHCONHaryI l, 5 NHCONH(C 1 _6 alkyl), NHCOheteroaryl 1, NHCONHheteroaryl l , NHC02(aryll), NHC02(C1_6 alkyl), 0 NHC02(heteroaryll), aryl2oxy, heteroaryl l oxy, C1_6 alkoxycarbonyl substituted by Cl_6 alkyl, aryl, Cl_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), C1_4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, 5 C2_6 alkanoyl substituted by C1_6 alkyl, aryl, C1_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), CI_q. haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, C2_6 alkanoyloxy substituted by Cl_6 alkyl, aryl, C1_6 alkoxy, CH2(aryll), C1_q. haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26~
cycloalkyll oxy, 0 COcycloalkyll, heterocycle substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1_6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26~ ~CONR25R26, CO(Cl_6 alkyl), S02NR25R26, S02(C1-6 alkyl), C02(C1_6 alkyl), CH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), OCH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3_~
cycloalkyl, heterocyclyloxy substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1_6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26~ ~25R26~ ~CONR25R26, CO(C1_6 alkyl), S02NR25R26, S02(C1_6 alkyl), C02(C1_g alkyl), CH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), OCH2C02(C1_6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3_~
cycloalkyl, More preferably R4 is C 1 _ 10 alkyl substituted by cycloalkyl 1.
Yet more preferably R4 is C2_4 alkyl substituted by cycloalkyll.
Further more preferably R4 is propyl substituted by cycloalkyll .
Furthet yet more preferably R4 is propyl substituted by a C3_10 carbocyclic system with one or two rings and which is substituted by OH.
Even more preferably R4 is propyl substituted by (cyclohexyl substituted by OH) Most preferably R4 is (1-hydroxycyclohexyl)prop-3-yl.
Another preferred group of compounds are those wherein R4 takes the values as specified in the Examples 145-203 below.
Preferably R5, R6, R~, R8 R9 and R10 are each taken separately and are H.
A preferred group of substances are those in which the "Ar" ring, Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R~, R8, R9, R10, q and (X)n have the values as detailed in the Examples below.
' The invention further provides synthetic methods for the production of compounds and salts of the invention, which are described below and in the Examples and Preparations. The skilled man will appreciate that the compounds of the invention could be made by methods other than those herein described, by adaptation of the methods herein described and/or adaptation of methods known in the art, for example the art described herein, or using standard textbooks such as "Comprehensive Organic Transformations - A Guide to Functional Group Transformations", RC Larock, VCH (1989 or later editions), "Advanced Organic Chemistry - Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure", J.March, Wiley-Interscience (3rd or later editions), "Organic Synthesis - The Disconnection Approach", S Warren (Whey), (1982 or later editions), "Designing Organic Syntheses" S Warren (Wiley) (1983 or later editions), "Guidebook To Organic Synthesis" RK Mackie and DM Smith (Longman) (1982 or later editions), etc., and the references therein as a guide.
It is to be understood that the synthetic transformation methods mentioned herein are 0 exemplary only and they may be carried out in various different sequences in order that the desired compounds can be efficiently assembled. The skilled chemist will exercise his judgement and skill as to the most efficient sequence of reactions for synthesis of a given target compound. For example, substituents may be added to and/or chemical transformations performed upon, different intermediates to those mentioned hereinafter in conjunction with a 5 particular reaction. This will depend i~atef- alia on factors such as the nature of other functional groups present in a particular substrate, the availability of key intermediates and the protecting group strategy (if any) to be adopted. Clearly, the type of chemistry involved will influence the choice of reagent that is used in the said synthetic steps, the need, and type, of protecting groups that are employed, and the sequence for accomplishing the synthesis. The D procedures may be adapted as appropriate to the reactants, reagents and other reaction parameters in a manner that will be evident to the skilled person by reference to standard textbooks and to the examples provided hereinafter.
It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that sensitive functional groups may need to be 5 protected and deprotected during synthesis of a compound of the invention.
This may be achieved by conventional methods, for example as described in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by TW Greene and PGM Wuts, John Wiley & Sons Inc (1999), and refernces therein. Functional groups which may desirable to protect include oxo, hydroxy, amino and carboxylic acid. Suitable protecting groups for oxo include acetals, ketals (e.g.
p ethylene ketals) and dithianes. Suitable protecting groups for hydroxy include trialkylsilyl and diarylalkylsilyl groups (e.g. tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tent-butyldiphenylsilyl or trimethylsilyl) and tetrahydropyranyl. Suitable protecting groups for amino include tent-butyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl. Suitable protecting groups for carboxylic acid include Cl_6 alkyl or benzyl esters.
Ig In the Methods below, unless otherwise specified, the substituents are as defined above with reference to the compounds of formula (I).
The invention provides a process for the preparation of compounds of formula I
as defined above, or a pharmacutically or veterinarily acceptable derivative thereof, which comprises:
(a) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and Rl represents NY2WY1, reacting a compound of formula II, (X)n Ar NHY2 Rs Rs R9 s Rio N~R~
R
II
with a compound of formula III, ZI-WYl III
wherein Z1 is a suitable leaving group, such as halogen or Y15020- ;
(b) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R6 and R~ both represent H, reduction of a compound of formula IV, R' (X)n Ar R$ R5 R9 ~
R1o N' 'O
~4 R
IV
using a suitable reducing agent;
(c) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R9 and R10 both represent H, reduction of a compound of formula V, Ar ~ R~
R$ R5 V
using a suitable reducing agent;
(d) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R1 and R2 are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to represent Hetla, in which Hetla represents an imidazolo unit, reaction of a corresponding compound of formula VI, Ar NH2 R$ R5 Rio N~R
~4 R
VI
with a compound of formula VII, wherein RY represents H or any of the optional substituents on Hetla (as defined above), preferably H, C 1 _q. alkyl or C 1 _q. haloalkyl;
(e) where q is 0, reacting a compound of formula VIII, R~
R~
(X)n Ar R$ R5 R~° N~R
i H
VIII
with a compound of formula IX, R4-Lg IX
wherein Lg is a leaving group;
(f) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R6, R~, R9 and R10 are all H, reduction of a compound of formula X, 0 ' R1a (X)n-~ Ar Rs Rs O NCO
s R
X
with a suitable reducing agent;
(g) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and Rl represents OH, reacting a compound of formula II in which Y2 is H, as defined above, with fluoroboric acid and 0 isoamyl nitrite;
(h) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and Rl represents Cl, reacting a compound of formula II in which Y~ is H, as defined above, with sodium nitrite in the presence of dilute acid, followed by reaction with copper (I) chloride in the presence of concentrated acid;
(i) for compounds of formula I in which q is 1, reacting a compound of formula I where q is 0 with a suitable oxidising agent such as aqueous hydrogen peroxide;
(j) for compounds of formula I where q is 0, by reduction of a corresponding compound of formula XXXI, o R~
(X)n--~ Ar Rs Rs Rio N~R7 O~ R4a XXXI
where R4aCH2 takes the same meaning as R4 as defined above; or (k) for compounds of formula (I) where q is 0, reductive amination reaction of the ',o amine of formula VIII above with an aldehyde of formula R4a-CHO wherein R4aCH2 takes the same meaning as R4 as defined above, and where desired or necessary converting the resulting compound of formula I
into a pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable derivative or vice versa.
5 In process (a), the reaction may be carried out at between 0°C arid room temperature in the presence of a suitable base (e.g. pyridine) and an appropriate organic solvent (e.g.
dichloromethane).
Compounds of formula II may be prepared by reduction of a corresponding compound of 0 formula XI or formula XII, Ar NHS (X)n Ar NH2 Ra Rs Rs Rs R~° N' 'O O N~R
XI XII
in the presence of a suitable reducing agent, such as lithium aluminium hydride. The reaction may be carried out at between room temperature and reflux temperature in the presence of a suitable solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran).
Compounds of formula XI and XII may be prepared by reduction of the corresponding -NO~, compounds under conditions that are well known to those skilled in the art (e.g. using H~/Raney Ni or in the presence of CaCl2 and iron powder, in the presence of a suitable solvent system (e.g. EtOH, EtOAc and/or water)). The skilled person will appreciate that, in preparing a compound of formula II, in which Y~ is H, from such a corresponding -NO~
compound, the two above-mentioned reduction steps may be performed in the same step or sequentially in any order.
The said corresponding -NO~ compounds may be prepared by reaction of a compound of 5 formula XII or formula XIV, as appropriate, (X)n Ar N02 (X)n Ar N02 Rs Rs R$ Rs R9 ~2~0 O ~2 ~Rs L
XIII XIv wherein Ll represents a suitable leaving group [such as halo (e.g. chloro or bromo)], L2 represents a suitable leaving group (such as C1_3 alkoxy) and R3 is as defined above, with a compound of formula XV, The reaction may be carried out at between room temperature and reflux temperature in the presence of a suitable base (e.g. NaHCO3) and an appropriate organic solvent (e.g.
dimethylformamide), or at a higher temperature (e.g. between 50 and 200°C, preferably between 100 and 160°C) in the presence of neat compound of formula XV.
0 Compounds of formula XIII and XIV may be prepared in accordance with standard techniques. For example, compounds of formula XIII and XIV may be prepared by reacting a corresponding compound of formula XVI or XVII, (X)n~ Ar ~NO~ (X)n~ Ar ~N~2 Rs R
R$ R5 Rs L1 L1/~Rs XVI XVII
with a compound of formula XVIII or XIX respectively, wherein L2 is as defined above. The reaction may be carried out at room temperature in the presence of a suitable catalyst [e.g. Rh2(OAc)4] and an appropriate non-protic organic solvent (e.g. dichloromethane).
Compounds of formula XVI and formula XVII are available or can be prepared using known techniques. Compounds of formula XVI and formula XVII may, for example, be prepared from corresponding compounds of formula XX, (X)n ' O
XX
for example by performing a Wittig reaction using an appropriate provider of the nucleophilic group R02C-CRSH- or ROC-CRgH- (wherein R represents lower (e.g.
C1_3) alkyl), as appropriate, under conditions that are well known to those skilled in the art. The -C02R group of the resulting compound may be converted to an appropriate -CH~Ll group using standard techniques (e.g. reduction of the ester to the primary alcohol and conversion of the latter to an alkyl halide) under conditions that are well known to those skilled in the art.
0 In processes (b) and (c), suitable reducing agents include lithium aluminium hydride. The reaction may be carried out at between room temperature and reflux temperature in the presence of a suitable solvent (e.g. tetrahydrofuran).
Compounds of formula II may be prepared by reduction of the corresponding compound of 5 formula XXX, (X)n-~ Ar ~N02 _Rs 'R' XXX
by analogy to the process steps mentioned above.
Compounds of formula IV and V may be prepared respectively from compounds of formula 5 XXI and XXII, Ar ~~~ ~X)n~ Ar ~~a R$ R5 R$ R5 Rio N- 'O O ~Rs NCR
XXI XXII
wherein L3 represents a group that is capable of undergoing functional group transformations (e.g. cyano) using standard functional group substitution or conversion techniques.
0 For example:
(1) Compounds of formula IV and V in which Rl represents 1,2,4-triazol-3-yl may be prepared by reaction of an appropriate compound of formula XXI or XXII in which L3 represents -CN with HCl (gas) in the presence of an appropriate lower alkyl alcohol (e.g.
ethanol), for example at between 0°C and room temperature, followed by reaction of the 5 resultant intermediate with formic acid hydrazide (e.g. at reflux temperature, with or without the presence of a suitable organic solvent (e.g. methanol), followed by, if necessary, removing the solvent and heating the resultant residue to a high temperature (e.g. about 150°C)).
(2) Compounds of formula IV and V in which Rl represents imidazol-2-yl may be prepared by reaction of an appropriate compound of formula XXI or XXII in which L3 represents -CN with HCl (gas) in the presence of an appropriate lower alkyl alcohol (e.g.
ethanol), for example at between 0°C and room temperature, followed by reaction of the resultant intermediate with aminoacetaldehyde dialleylacetal (e.g.
dimethylacetal) (e.g. at or around reflux temperature in the presence of an appropriate solvent, such as methanol).
(3) Compounds of formula IV and V in which Rl represents 1,2,3-triazol-5-yl may be prepared by reaction of an appropriate compound of formula XXI or XXII in which L3 represents ' -CN with diazomethane, or a protected (e.g.
triallylsilyl) derivative thereof, for example at between 0C and room temperature in the presence of a suitable base (e.g.
n-BuLi) and, optionally, an appropriate organic solvent (e.g.
THF), followed by removal of the protecting group as necessary.
(4) Compounds of formula IV and V in which R1 represents benzimidazol-2-yl may be prepared by reaction of an appropriate compound of formula XXI or XXII
in which represents C=NH(OEt) with 1,2-diaminobenzene.
The reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as methanol, at an elevated temperature (such as the reflux temperature of the >olvent).
Preparations 81, etc.
provide further details.
~:ompounds of formula IV and V in which RI represents Hetl may also be prepared from ;ornpounds of formula XI and XII respectively according to the following scheme:
(X)n Ar R
NH2 (X)n Ar I
(X)n Ar R
R$ Rs Rs ---~
R$ Rs -,, Ra Rs Rs Rs ~
R~ N
O Rio N
N ~o O
O R
R
XI i) IV
HCI, NaN02, HZO XXI
II PdZaba3, PhAs ii) KI, HZO
Bu3Sn-Het~
.X)n Ar NH2 (X)n Ar Ra Rs R$ R5 Rs ~5 R$
Rs Rs Rs v m R~ R~
O
XII XXIV
V
wherein Hetl is defined above. Further details may be found in Preparations 67, 68, etc. in WO00/39089, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Compounds of formula XXI and XXII may be prepared in analogous fashion to methods described herein, for example those described hereinbefore for preparation of compounds of formula II.
Other compounds of formula (IV) and (V) may be prepared by analogy with methods 0 described herein (e.g. by analogy with methods described hereinbefore for preparation of compounds of formula XI and XII (and especially the corresponding -N02 compound)).
In process (d), the reaction may be carried out by heating under reflux, with or without the presence of an appropriate organic solvent.
Compounds of formula VI may be prepared using known techniques. For example, compounds of formula VI may be prepared by nitration (at the 4-position) of a corresponding 3-aminobenzene compound (a compound of formula II), which latter compound may be activated by converting the 3-amino group to a 3-amido group, followed by hydrolysis of the 0 amide and reduction of the 4-nitrobenzene compound. All of these reactions may be performed using techniques that are familiar to the skilled person, and are illustrated in Preparations 45-48, etc. below.
In process (e), suitable leaving groups that Lg may represent include halogen, such as 5 bromine, or a sulphonate group such as tosylate, mesylate or triflate. The reaction may be carried out in a polar solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction, at a suitable temperature, e.g. 0-150oC, in the presence of a base. A catalyst such as sodium iodide may optionally be added.
0 Preferable choices are a slight excess of R4-Lg, where Lg = Cl or Br, an excess of base (2.0-4.0 eq), such as K2C03, NaHC03, or a tertiary amine, such as triethylamine or Hunigs base, in a polar solvent, such as THF, DMF, or MeCN, at between 40 and 120°C, optionally in the presence of a catalyst such as NaI or KI, for 2-24 hr.
see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group 5 Preparations", VCH, (1989), p 397, and references cited therein.
Compounds of formula VIII may be prepared from compounds of formula XXV, R' (X)n--~ Ar R$ R5 R9 s Rio N~R
i Pg XXV
wherein Pg represents a suitable protecting group. Suitable protecting groups include allyl, which may be removed using a palladium (0) catalyst and N,N-dimethylbarbituric acid (see Preparation 53, etc. below). Compounds of formula XXV may be prepared using analogous methods to those described herein for the preparation of compounds of formula I.
In process (f), suitable reducing agents include lithium aluminium hydride.
The reaction may t0 be carried out in a solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction (for example tetrahydrofuran), at an elevated temperature (for example the reflux temperature of the solvent).
Compounds of formula X may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXVI
l5 with a compound of formula XXVII in the presence of an oxidizing agent.
Suitable oxidizing agents include manganese dioxide. The reaction may be carried out in a solvent that does not adversely affect the xeaction (for example dioxan), at an elevated temperature such as the reflux temperature of the solvent (for example see Preparation 77, WO00/39089).
The intermediate compounds XXIXa are isolatable using suitable conditions (e.g. see ?0 Preparation 58, WO00/39089).
R1a R2 (X)n Ar ' R~ a Ra Rs (X)n Ar + ~. N R3 i R3 O N O ~ Rs N Rs XXVI XXVII
XXIXa r.., 2 R1a (X)n Ar O~N~O
R
XXIX
Compounds of formula XXVI may be prepared from compounds of formula XXVIII, by reaction of the corresponding ketone with hydrazine monohydrate using known techniques (and as described in Preparation 76, etc. W000/39089).
Process (f) is particularly useful when Ar represents an optionally benzo-fused 5- or 6-0 membered heteroaryl ring. A similar methodology may be used to obtain compounds of formula II: the precursor nitro compound may be prepared from a compound of formula XX, as defined above, using the steps described above (see for example Preparations 57-61, W000/39089).
In process (g), the reaction may be carried out in a solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction (for example ethanol), first below room temperature and then at an elevated temperature (Examples 79, etc. W000/39089, provides further details).
5 In process (h), suitable acids include dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid and concentrated hydrochloric acid, respectively. The reaction may be carried out at or around room temperature, finishing at' an elevated temperature (for example 90°C).
Example 51 WO00/39089 provides further details.
0 In process (j), the compound of formula XX?~I may be prepared by acylation of the compound of formula VIII as defined above, with an acylating agent of the formula R4aC0-Lg, where Lg is a suitable leaving group as defined above with respect to (e), and includes halogen, (alkyl, haloalkyl or aryl)sulphonate, OCOR4a (i.e. an acid anhydride) and the like, well known to those practising in the art. See for example the conditions used for Preparation 5 47. The coupling can optionally be carried out in the presence of a catalyst, for example DMAP, in a suitable solvent; see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), pp 1941-1949, and references cited therein. Preferably the carboxylic acid (0.9-1.1 eq), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide. HCl (1-1.5 eq) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (I.0 0 eq) are stirred in DMF or DCM at RT for 5-15 min and then the amine salt (1 eq) and base (NaHC03 or organic base , Et3N or Hunigs base (2-4 eq)) are added, the reaction taking 2-24 hr at RT.
The amide bond can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent, for example lithium 5 aluminium hydride or borane, in an ethereal solvent, such as THF, at 0-100°C to generate the desired tertiary amine, see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A
Guide to Functional Group Preparations", VCH, (1989), pp 432-434, and references cited therein. Preferably the amide (1.0 eq) is treated with lithium aluminium hydride (1.0-3 eq), at 0°C-RT, in THF, for 1-24 hr.
In process (k) the appropriate aldehyde is reacted with an amine, optionally present as an acid addition salt, in the presence of a suitable reducing agent (such as sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or catalytic hydrogenation with Pd, Pt or Ni catalysts). The reaction is suitably performed in the presence of acetic acid at 0-100°C in THF, methanol, i DCM (dichloromethane), or DCE (1,2 -dichloroethane), for a suitable time such as 1-24 hr.
Preferably the amine salt, such as the trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) salt, is treated with an organic base (1-3 mole equivalents), such as triethylamine or Hunigs base, and then the aldehyde (1-1.5 mole equivalents), followed by sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1-2.0 mole equivalents), in DCM or DCE, at room temperature for 2-24 hr. see RC Larrock;
"Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), p 835-842, and references cited therein, and Abdel-Magid et al, J.
Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 3849.
The aldehydes used in this process may be prepared from the corresponding alcohols using l0 suitable oxidising agents; see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A
Guide to Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), pp 1234-1236 and 1238-1247, and references cited therein. Preferred oxidants are tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (Ley, et.al., Synthesis, 1994, 639-666), Swem oxidation and related methods (Tidwell, Organic Reactions, 199D, 39, 297-572), and Dess-Martin Periodinane reagent (Dess et al., J.
l5 Org. Chern., 1983, 48, 4155-4156).
Various functional group interconversions on compounds of formula (I), or intermediates thereto, may be carried out to give different compounds of formula (I) or intermediates.
Some of these are mentioned below.
?0 Anilines can be converted to a urea using potassium cyanate (excess) in an acidic aqueous solution, see Cross et al., J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 1427-1432.
!5 Esters can be converted to the corresponding alcohols using a suitable reducing agent, see Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, (1999), pp 1117-1120 and references cited therein. Suitable reducing agents include diisobutylaluminium hydride (DIBAL, see Winterfeldt, Synthesis, 1975, 617) and lithium aluminium hydride (LiAlH4, see Brown, Org. Reactions, 1951, 6, .0 469) - viz. reaction of the type:
O
O~R1 R
~ OOH
Alcohols can be prepared from a corresponding acid using a suitable reducing agent; see Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, (1999), pp 1114-1116. Preferably the reducing agent is either borane (BH3 (I-2 eq), J. Org. Chem., 1973, 38, 2786), or LiAlH4 (1-4 eq), in an ethereal solvent, such as THF, 0-80°C, for 1-24 hr. - viz. reaction of the type:
R\ iOH R~OH
~O
0 Direct methods to prepare alkyl halides and alyl sulphonates from their alcohols are described by RC Larrock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, (I999), pp 689-700, and references cited therein.
5 Benzylacetals can be treated with a suitable reducing agent in the presence of a Lewis acid or organic acid to give benyloxyalcohols.
For representative examples see Organic Preparations and Procedures, Int., 1991, 23, 4, 427-431, ZrCl4/LiAlH4; J. Org. Chem., 1987, 52, 2594, Zn(BH4)2/Me3SiCl; and Organic Preparations and Procedures, Int., 1985, 17(1), 11-16, NaBH4/TFA.
0 viz. reaction of the type:
n O O
H R ~ OOH
/ /
R
It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that compounds of formula I
may be converted to other compounds of formula I using known techniques. For example, compounds of formula I in which Yl represents alkoxycarbonyl may be converted to compounds in which Yl represents alkyl substituted by OH, by reduction using LiAlH4 (Example 57 provides further details). Similarly, intermediate compounds may be interconverted using known techniques (see for example Preparation 85).
The intermediate compounds such as those of formulae III, XV, XVIII, XIX, XX, VII, IX, XXVI, XXVII and XXVIII, and derivatives thereof, when not commercially available or not subsequently described, may be obtained either by analogy with the processes described herein, or by conventional synthetic procedures, in accordance with standard techniques, from readily available starting materials using appropriate reagents and reaction conditions.
The invention further provides the intermediate compounds of formulae II, IV, V, VI, X, Xa, XI, XII, XXI, XXII, XXIII, XXIV, XXIX, XXIXa, XXX, and XXXI as defined above.
Where desired or necessary, the compound of formula (I) can be converted into a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, conveniently by mixing together solutions of a compound of formula (I) and the desired acid or base, as appropriate. The salt may be precipitated from solution and collected by filtration, or may be collected by other means 5 such as by evaporation of the solvent. Both types of salt may also be formed or interconverted using ion-exchange resin techniques.
The compounds of the invention may be purified by conventional methods, for example separation of diastereomers may be achieved by conventional techniques, e.g.
by fractional 0 crystallisation, chromatography or H.P.L.C. of a stereoisomeric mixture of a compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof. An individual enantiomer of a compound of formula (I) may also be prepared from a corresponding optically pure intermediate or by resolution, such as by H.P.L.C. of the corresponding racemate using a suitable chiral support or by fractional crystallisation of the diastereomeric salts formed by reaction of the corresponding racemate 5 with a suitably optically active base or acid.
The compounds of the invention are useful because they possess pharmacological activity in animals, especially mammals including humans. They are therefore indicated as pharmaceuticals and, in particular, for use as animal medicaments. .
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the compounds of the invention for use as medicaments, such as pharmaceuticals and animal medicaments, such as for the treatment of opiate-mediated diseases and conditions.
By the term "treatment", this term includes both therapeutic (curative) and prophylactic treatment.
In particular, the substances of the invention have been found to be useful in the treatment of diseases and conditions modulated via opiate receptors, such as irritable bowel syndrome;
constipation; nausea; vomiting; pruritus; eating disorders; opiate overdoses;
depression;
smoking and alcohol addiction; sexual dysfunction; shock; stroke; spinal damage and/or head trauma; and conditions characterised by having pruritis as a symptom.
0 Thus, according to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the use of the compounds of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease modulated via an opiate receptor. There is further provided the use of the compounds of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of as irritable bowel syndrome; constipation; nausea; vomiting; pruritus; eating disorders; opiate overdoses;
5 depression; smoking and alcohol addiction; sexual dysfunction; shock;
stroke; spinal damage ' and/or head trauma; and conditions characterised by having pruritis as a symptom.
The compounds of the invention are thus expected to be useful for the curative or prophylactic treatment of pruritic dermatoses including allergic dermatitis and atopy in :0 animals and humans. Other diseases and conditions which may be mentioned include contact dermatitis, psoriasis, eczema and insect bites.
Thus, the invention provides a method of treating or preventing a disease modulated via an opiate receptor. There is further provided a method of treating irritable bowel syndrome;
;S constipation; nausea; vomiting; pruritus; eating disorders; opiate overdoses; depression;
smoking and alcohol addiction; sexual dysfunction; shock; stroke; spinal damage and/or head trauma; or a medical condition characterised by pruritus as a symptom in an animal (e.g. a mammal), which comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention to an animal in need of such treatment.
The compounds of the invention will normally be administered orally or by any parenteral route, in the form of pharmaceutical preparations comprising the active ingredient, optionally in the form of a non-toxic organic, or inorganic, acid, or base, addition salt, in a pharmaceutically acceptable dosage form. Depending upon the disorder and patient to be treated, as well as the route of administration, the compositions may be administered at varying doses (see below).
While it is possible to administer a compound of the invention directly without any 5 formulation, the compounds are preferably employed in the form of a pharmaceutical, or veterinary, formulation comprising a pharmaceutically, or veterinarily, acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient and a 'compound of the invention. The carrier, diluent or excipient may be selected with due regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharniaceutical, and/or veterinary, practice. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the l0 compounds of the invention may contain from 0.1 percent by weight to 90.0 percent by weight of the active ingredient.
The methods by which the compounds may be administered for veterinary use include oral administration by capsule, bolus, tablet or drench, topical administration as an ointment, a 5 pour-on, spot-on, dip, spray, mousse, shampoo, collar or powder formulation or, alternatively, they can be administered by injection (eg subcutaneously, intramuscularly or intravenously), or as an implant. Such formulations may be prepared in a conventional manner in accordance with standard veterinary practice.
.0 The formulations will vary with regard to the weight of active compound contained therein, depending on the species of animal to be treated, the severity and type of infection and the body weight of the animal. For parenteral, topical and oral administration, typical dose ranges of the active ingredient are 0.01 to 100 mg per kg of body weight of the animal.
Preferably the range is 0.1 to 10 mg per kg.
In any event, the veterinary practitioner, or the skilled person, will be able to determine the actual dosage which will be most suitable for an individual patient, which may vary with the species, age, weight and response of the particular patient. The above dosages are exemplary of the average case; there can, of course, be individual instances where higher or lower 0 dosage ranges are merited, and such are within the scope of this invention.
For veterinary use, the compounds of the invention are of particular value for treating pruritus in domestic animals such as cats and dogs and in horses.
As an alternative for treating animals, the compounds may be administered with the animal feedstuff and for this purpose a concentrated feed additive or premix may be prepared for mixing with the normal animal feed.
For human use, the compounds are administered as a pharmaceutical formulation containing the active ingredient together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. Such compositions include conventional tablet, capsule and ointment preparations which are formulated in accordance with standard pharmaceutical practice.
l0 Compounds of the invention may be administered either alone or in combination with one or more agents used in the treatment or prophylaxis of disease or in the reduction or suppression of symptoms. Examples of such agents (which are provided by way of illustration and should not be construed as limiting) include antiparasitics, eg fipronil, lufenuron, imidacloprid, avermectins (eg abamectin, ivermectin, doramectin), milbemycins, 5 organophosphates, pyrethroids; antihistamines, eg chlorpheniramine, trimeprazine, diphenhydramine, doxylamine; antifungals, eg fluconazole, ketoconazole, itraconazole, griseofulvin, amphotericin B; antibacterials, eg enroflaxacin, marbofloxacin, ampicillin, amoxycillin; anti-inflammatories eg prednisolone, betamethasone, dexamethasone, carprofen, ketoprofen; dietary supplements, eg gamma-linoleic acid; and emollients.
0 Therefore, the invention further provides a product containing a compound of the invention and one or more selected compounds from the above List as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment of diseases modulated via opiate receptors 5 The skilled person will also appreciate that compounds of the invention may be taken as a single dose or on an "as required" basis (i.e. as needed or desired).
Thus, according to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical, or veterinary, formulation including a compound of the invention in admixture with a 0 pharmaceutically, or veterinarily, acceptable adjuvant, diluent or carrier.
Compounds of the invention may also have the advantage that, in the treatment of human and/or animal patients, they may be more efficacious than, be less toxic than, have a broader range of activity than, be more potent than, produce fewer side effects than, be more easily absorbed than, or they may have other useful pharmacological properties over, compounds known in the prior art.
The biological activities of the compounds of the present invention were determined by the following test method.
Biological Test Compounds of the present invention have been found to display activity in three opioid 0 receptor binding assays selective for the mu, kappa and delta opioid receptors in dog brain.
The assays were conducted by the following procedure.
Laboratory bred beagles were used as a source of dog brain tissue. Animals were euthanaised, their brains removed and the cerebellum discarded. The remaining brain tissue 5 was sectioned into small pieces approximately 3 g in weight and homogenised in 50mM Tris pH 7.4 buffer at 4oC using a Kinematica Polytron tissue homogeriser. The resulting homogenate was centrifuged at 48,400 x g for 10 minutes and the supernatant discarded. The pellet was resuspended in Tris buffer and incubated at 37°C for 10 minutes. Centrifugation, resuspension and incubation steps were repeated twice more, and the anal pellet was 0 resuspended in Tris buffer and stored at -80oC. Membrane material prepared in this manner could be stored for up to four weeks prior to use.
For mu, kappa and delta assays, increasing concentrations of experimental compound (5 x 10-12 to 10-5M), Tris buffer and 3H ligand, (mu = [D-Ala2,N-Me-Phe4,Gly-ols]-5 Enkephalin, DAMGO; kappa = U-69,593; delta = Enkephalin, [D-pen2~5] DPDPE), were combined in polystyrene tubes. The reaction was initiated by the addition of tissue, and the mixture was incubated at room temperature for 90 minutes. The reaction was terminated by rapid filtration using a Brandel Cell HarvesterT"" through BetaplateT"" GF/A
glass fibre filters pre-soaked in 50 mM Tris pH 7.4, 0.1% polyethylenimine buffer. The filters were then 0 washed three times with 0.5 ml ice-cold Tris pH 7.4 buffer. For mu and delta assays, washed alters were placed in bags and StarscintTM scintillant added, for the kappa assay MeltilexT"' B/HS solid scintillant was used. Bags containing the filters and scintillant were heat sealed and counted by a BetaplateT"" 1204 beta counter.
Duplicate samples were run for each experimental compound and the data generated was analysed using IC50 analysis software in Graphpad Prism. Ki values were calculated using Graphpad Prism according to the following formula:
Ki = IC50 / 1 + [3H ligand] l KD
where IC50 is the concentration at which 50% of the 3H ligand is displaced by the test compound and KIj is the dissociation constant for the 3H ligand at the receptor site.
0 Biological Activity The Ki values of certain compounds of the present invention in tl~e opioid receptor binding assays were determined, and were found to have Ki values of 4000 nM or less for the p, receptor.
It is believed that the methods used in the following Examples produce compounds having the relative stereochemistry shown below, and such compounds are preferred:
R~
(X)n r H ..... ..... H
N~
Ra wherein Rl-4 and (X)n are as defined above.
The invention is illustrated by the following Examples and Preparations in which the following abbreviations may be used:
APCI = atmospheric pressure chemical ionization DMF = dimethylformamide i DMSO = dimethylsulphoxide d (in relation to time) = day d (in relation to NMR) = doublet ES (in relation to MS) = electrospray EtOAc = ethyl acetate EtOH = ethanol h = hour MeOH = methanol min = minute MS = mass spectrum n-BuOH = n-butanol ODS = octadecylsilyl THF = tetrahydrofuran 0 TSP = thermospray Melting points were determined using a Gallenkamp melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectral data relate to 1H and were obtained using a Varian Unity 300 or 400 spectrometer, the observed chemical shifts (S) 5 being consistent with the proposed structures. Mass spectral (MS) data were obtained on a Fisons Instruments Trio 1000, or a Fisons Instruments Trio 1000 APCI, or a Finnigan Navigator MS, or a Micromass Platform LC spectrometer. The calculated and observed ions quoted refer to the isotopic composition of lowest mass. Room temperature means 20 to 25oC. The mass spectrometer which is used as a detector on the analytical HPLC-MS
0 system is a Micromass VG Platform II, running on Masslynx/Openlynx software.
The system can run positive and negative ion with either Electrospray or APCI probes and is calibrated to 1972 Daltons, it collects full Diode array data from 190nm to 600nm.
HPLC means high performance liquid chromatography. HPLC conditions used were:
Condition l: Rainin DynamaxTM column, 8~, ODS, 24 x 300 mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 45 ml/min, eluting with methanol : water (70 : 30), UV detection of product at 246 nm.
Condition 2: Rainin DynamaxTM column, 5~. ODS, 21.6 x 250 mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 5 ml/min, eluting with acetonitrile : water (50 : 50), UV detection of product at 246 nm.
Condition 3: Rainin DynamaxTM column, 8~, ODS, 41 x 250 mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 45 ml/min, eluting with acetonitrile : O.1M aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (50 50), UV detection of product at 235 nm.
Condition 4: Phenomenex MagellanTM column, 5~ Clg silica, 21.2 x 150 mm, column temperature 40oC, flow rate 20 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : O.1M aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (30 : 70 to 95 : 5 over 10 min), UV detection of product at 220 nm.
Condition 5: Phenomenex MagellanTM column, 5~, ODS, 21.2 x 150 mm, column temperature 5 40oC, flow rate 20 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : O.1M
aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (5 : 95 to 95 : 5 over 20 min), UV detection of product at 215 nm.
Condition 6: PhenomeneX MagellanTM column, 5~ Clg silica, 4.6 x 150 mm, column temperature 400; flow rate 1 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile :
O.1M aqueous heptanesulphonic acid (10 : 90 to 90 : 10 over 30 min), UV detection of product at 220 nm.
0 Condition 7: Phenomenex MagellanTM column, 5~. Clg silica, 21.2 x 150 mm, column temperature 40oC, flow rate 20 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : 0.05M
aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (50 : 50 for 15 min then 50 : 50 to 90 : 10 over 5 min), UV detection of product at 220 nm.
Condition 8: Phenomenex MagellenTM column, 5~ Clg silica, 21.2 x 150 mm, column 5 temperature 40°C, flow rate 20 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : O.1M aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (15 : 85 to 85 : 15), UV detection of product at 220 nm.
Condition 9: Phenomenex MagellenTM column, 5~t ODS, 10 x 150 mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 5m1/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : O.1M
aqueous ammonium acetate buffer (5 : 95 to 30 : 70 over 5 min then 30 : 70 for a further 20 min), UV detection of 0 product at 225nm.
Condition 10: Phenomenex MagellanTM column, 5p Clg silica, 21.2 x 150mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 20 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : O.1M aqueous ammonium acetate (5 : 95 to 40 : 60 over 5 min then 40 : 60 for a further 25 min), W
detection of product at 210 nm.
5 Condition 11: Phenomenex MagellanTM column, 5~ ODS, 10 x 150mm, column temperature 40°C, flow rate 5 ml/min, eluting with a gradient of acetonitrile : water (5 : 95 to SS : 45 over 5 min), UV detection of product at 210 nm.
The free base form of the azabicyeles could be obtained from the hydrochloride or acetate 0 salts, for example, in the following way. The salt (0.3 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (20 ml). The basic mixture was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 20 m1). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2S04) and concentrated in vacuo to give the free base.
SPE cartridge refers to a solid phase extraction cartridge. These can be commercially obtained from Varian (Mega Bond Elut ~) or IsoluteTM, NB "Examples" numbered 1-144 are compounds related to the instant invention, but with different R4 groups, and are disclosed as such in International Patent Application no.
W000/39089, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
A number of further Examples, such as those in the table below, can be made via o the processes A-K outlined below and in the experimental details following the table Process A
A1 lation 5 Alkylation of the amine of formula Vlll or a salt thereof with R4Lg, where Lg is a suitable leaving group, such as a halogen, triflate, mesylate, etc., in the presence of a base, optionally in the presence of a catalyst, in a polar solvent, at between 0 and 150°C, Preferably the alkylation is carried out with R4Lg (slight excess), where Lg =CI or Br, o an excess of base (2.0-4.0 eq), such as K~C03, NaHC03, or a tertiary amine, such as triethylamine or Hunigs base, in a polar solvent, such as THF, DMF, or MeCN, at between 40 and 120°C, optionally in the presence of a catalyst such as Nal or KI, for 2-24 h r.
see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations", VCH, (1989), p 397, and references cited therein.
For Example:
H H
N~SO~Me ~ N~SO2Me R4Lg TFA salt N
Lg=Br or CI
Conditions: Amine salt (1.0 eq), RX (1.1 eq), NaHC03 (2-4.0 eq), DMF, Nal (cat), 4( Process B
Reductive amination Treating an appropriate aldehyde R4aCH0 with an amine of formula VIII in the presence of a suitable reducing agent (such as sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, or catalytic hydrogenation with Pd, Pt or Ni catalysts). The reaction is often performed in the presence of acetic acid at 0-100°C
in THF, MeOH, o DCM, or DCE (1,2-dichloroethane), for 1-24 hr.
Preferably the amine salt is treated with an organic base (1-3 eq), such as triethylamine or Hunigs base, and then the aldehyde (1-1.5 eq), followed by sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1-2.Oeq), in dichloromethane or DCE, at room temperature for 2-24 hr. see RC Larrock; "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to 5 Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), p 835-842, and references cited therein, and Abdel-Magid et al, J. Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 3849.
For example:
H H
N~S02Me \ N~S02Me \ O
w R4a ~ H -----TFA salt N~
H
R4a Conditions: Amine salt (1.0 eq), RCHO (1-l.5eq), Et3N (1-3 eq), Na(OAc)3BH (1-2 eq), DCM
RT.
Process C
Reduction of Amide of Formula XXXI
The amide carbonyl can be reduced with a suitable reducing agent, for example lithium aluminium hydride or borane, in an ethereal solvent, such as THF, at 0-100°C
to generate the desired tertiary amine, see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations", VCH, (1989), pp 432-434, and references cited therein.
Preferably the amide (1.0 eq) is treated with lithium aluminium hydride (1.0-3 eq), at 0°C-RT, in THF, for 1-24 hr, e.g.:
H H
N~S02Me \ N~S02Me / ~ /
LiAIH4 N~ N~
O~ R4a ~ R4a Process D
Oxidation Aldehydes used in process B can be prepared using suitable oxidising agents;
see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), pp 1234-1236 and 1238-1247, and references cited therein.
Preferred oxidants are tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (Ley, et.al., Synthesis, 1994, 639-666), Swern oxidation and related methods (Tidwell, Organic Reactions, 1990, 39, 297-572), and Dess-Martin Periodinane reagent (Dess et al., J. Org.
Chem., 1983, 48, 4155-4156).
H
oxidant R4a/'~OH R4a~O
Process E
Acid/ amine salt coupling to give amides of formula XXXI
Either using an acid chloride + amine in a suitable solvent or the acid activated by a suitable agent, optionally in the presence of a catalyst, for example DMAP, in a suitable solvent; see RC Larrock in "Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A
Guide to Functional Group Preparations", second edition, (1999), pp 1941-1949, and references cited therein. Preferably the carboxylic acid (0.9-1.1 eq), 1-(3-5 dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide. NCI (1-1.5 eq) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (1.0 eq) are stirred in DMF or DCM at RT for 5-15 min and then the amine salt (1 eq) and base (NaHC03 or organic base , Et3N or Hunigs base (2-4 eq)) are added, the reaction taking 2-24 hr at RT.
For Example:
;0 H H
~ N~S02Me ~ N~SO~Me / ,/
\ O
~~ w 'I' R4a/''OH
TFA salt H ~N
O' _R4a Process F
Urea formation Anilines can be converted to a urea using potassium cyanate (excess) in an acidic 5 aqueous solution, see Cross et al., J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 1427-1432. viz.
reaction of the type:
R ~ NH2 K+ O- -N R \ N NH2 1 N HCI, RT, 0.1-10 hr ~ O
5 Process G
Ester to an alcohol Esters can be converted to the corresponding alcohol using a suitable reducing agent, see Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, (1999), pp 1117-1120 and references cited therein. Suitable reducing agents include diisobutylaluminium hydride (DIBAL, see Winterfeldt, Synthesis, 1975, 617) and lithium aluminium hydride (LiAIH4, see Brown, Org. Reactions, 1951, 6, 469).viz. reaction of the type:
~5 O
R O.R1 R
\ ' _\
~OH
Process H
?o Acid to alcohol It should be appreciated that the alcohols used in process D can be prepared from the corresponding acid using a suitable reducing agent; see Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, ?5 (1999), pp 1114-1116. Preferably the reducing agent is either borane (BH3 (1-2 eq), J. Org. Chem., 1973, 38, 2786), or LiAIH4 (1-4 eq), in an ethereal solvent, such as THF, 0-80°C, for 1-24 hr.
R4a OH R4~OH
O
Process I
Alcohol to halide It should be appreciated that the R4Lg used in Process A can be prepared from the corresponding alcohol R4aOH.
Direct methods to prepare alkyl halides and alkyl sulphonates from their alcohols are described by RC Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations-A Guide to Functional Group Preparations, second edition, (1999), pp 689-700, and references cited therein.
Process J
Benzyl halides to benzyloxyalcohols o Benzyloxyalcohols can be prepared by refluxing the appropriate benzyl halide with sodium or sodium hydride and a polymethylene glycol in xylene, see J. Am.
Chem.
Soc., 1951, 3159-3162.viz. reaction of the type:
R R
Na or NaH
X + HO(CH2)nOH
/ OOH
Xylene !~J n X = halide 5 Process K
Acetals to benzyloxyalcohols Acetals can be treated with a suitable reducing agent in the presence of a Lewis acid or organic acid to give the benyloxyalcohols.
For representative examples see Organic Preparations and Procedures, Int., 1991, 0 23, 4, 427-431, ZrCl4iLiAIH4; J. Org. Chem., 1987, 52, 2594, Zn(BH4)2lMe3SiCl;
and Organic Preparations and Procedures, Int., 1985, 17(1 ), 11-16, NaBH4/TFA.viz.
reaction of the type:
Nn N~
N
S02Me ~ ~
~SO2Me / /
Coupling Processes A-C
+ R-Y
N TFA salt H R
Example Name Precursors) Coupling method -(CH2)n0(CH2)nR examples 145 N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-(2-CI OH
~
H hydroxyethoxy)ethyl]-3-O
N
~
\ azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-''g ~ '' O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami O
de Process A
Alkylation N>
~O
OOH
146 N [3-(3-[2-[2-H (dimethylamino)ethoxy]ethyl N O~
~ ~N ~
~ S }-6-ethyl-3- O
' 0 ' azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-p yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamiProcess B
de Reductive amination HO\/~
~N\
N O
O Process D
~
/
N oxidation i 2-[2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl)ethoxy]acetamide H O'\ ~O~ /NHZ
N~ ~ ~/
H O
O ~ ''O
Process B
Reductive amination N/ O HO~O~NH2 ~O~NH O
Process D
oxidation 148 N (3- f 6-ethyl-3-[2-(2-H pyridinylmethoxy)ethyl]-3-N ~ S / azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- O \ ~ O
/ O ~ ''O Y1}phenyl)methanesulfonami de H N J
\ Process B
N~ N HO~O
N
~O \
Process D
149 N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-(2,2,2-H trifluoroethoxy)ethyl]-3- H
N~ '° azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- \ N~S~
yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami ~ p ~~O
/ O de /
F
N F ~O~F
F O F
O F
Process C
Amide reduction O F
F
HO- v O v 'F
Process E
Amide formation H N (3-~6-ethyl-3-[2-(2-O
N~ propynyloxy)ethyl]-3-~~O
/
~ l i azab H
cyc o[3.1.0]hex-6-/ yl}phenyl)methanesulfonamiprocess B
de HO~
O
Process D
~O~
151 N (3-{3-[2-(allyloxy)ethyl]-H 6-ethyl-3-N w S / azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonamiH
/ de O
Process B
N
O
~O~
HO
Process D
H
N w / N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-(2-O methoxyethoxy)ethyl]-3-HO~ O
O
azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl ] phenyl)methanesulfonami de Process B and D
N~
/
O
154 ~r-(3- f3-[2_ (cyclohexylmethoxy)ethyl]-HO
6-ethyl-3- ~O
azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-O
yl,~phenyl)methanesulfonami de Process C and E
H
N
O
O
N
~.O
(CH2)n0(CH2)nAr examples 1SS nr_[3-(3- f2_[(q._ chlorobenzyl)oxy] ethyl ] -6-ethyl-3- H O ~
\ N s g!~ azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-I / O ~ ~ O yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami de Process B and D
/ CI
N
~O
1S6 N f3-(6-ethyl-3-f 2-f(4- Hod O
N ~S'~ methoxybenzyl)oxvlethyl~-O
O O 3-azabicyclof3.l.0ihex-6- process B and D
yl)phenyllmethanesulfonami w de N / I O
~O ~
All other (CH2)n0(CH2)nAr For a general procedure examples can be prepared via see; J: Arn. Clae~n. Soc., a 2 step process from a benzyl 19S 1, 31 S9-3162.
alcohol or benzyl chloride Aryl substituents (mix. of aryl and aryloxy examples) 157 2-[2-(6-ethyl-6-f3-H [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe \ N~S~' nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- H2N O
0' ~~C 3-yl)ethoxy]benzamide / HO~O I \
\ /
HZN C Process B and D
N
'\
15 8 2-~4-(2-(6-ethyl-6-,3-H
w N~S~ I(methylsulfonyl)aminolphen o, ,o cW° ~ w o i yl~-3-azabicyclof3.l.Olhex-3- NHz '- Process A
yl)ethoxylphenyl~acetamide N
~O
O
\~ N HZ
H N (3-f3-[2-(4- ~ 'O
\ N s g~ aminophenoxy)ethyl]-6- HOI v 0 ' , p ethyl-3- ~ /
/ azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- N H2 yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami Process C and E
de N~
~.O \
H
160 \ N~S~
N {3-[3-(2-{4- ~ / O ~ ~~O
[(aminocarbonyl)amino]phen N ;s,;~ oxy} ethyl)-6-ethyl-3-O O azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yI]phenyl}methanesulfonami de N
~O
N
.. NHa O
H NHZ Process F
161 N (3-{3-[3-(4-H acetylphenyl)propyl]-6-\ N ~ g! ethyl-3-O ~ ~ O azabicyclo[3.I.0]hex-6- U K-156607 O
y1 } phenyl)methanesulfonami de Process A
N
O
162 4-[2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-j(methylsulfonyl)amino)phe ' ~,. NH
n I -3-aza ' ' o S~,O 3y } bicyclo[3.1.0]hex- o so yl)ethoxy]benzenesulfonami Process A
de Nl ~O \
( / fNH2 ,,5, O
O
HO~O \
i O SO
Processes C and E
H N [3-(6-ethyl-3-{2-[4-\ NHS/ (methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]eth o~' ~~O yI}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami de N
~O \
S/
r~ ~'O
O
164 methyl 4-[2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- H~ ~ O
\ ~S/ 3-yl)ethoxy]benzoate o" ~~o / OMe /.
O
Processes B and D
N~
~O \
O~
O
H ethyl {2-[2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-\ N ~S'/ [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe O O nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- ~ O
/ 3-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}acetate OI
O~ Process A
N~ O
\
Hobo 0 0 Processes B and D
methyl {4-[2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe \ N ~S~~ nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-O O 3-yl)ethoxy]phenoxy}acetate Nl ~O \ O O\
/.
O
H N [3-(6-ethyl-3-{2-[4- t-IO
i off \ N ~ S! (hydroxymethyl)phenoxy]eth I / O ~ ~ O yl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- Processes C and E
yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami de or from reduction of example 19-Process G
O \
H
ON \ N~s~
~ o' o N
O \
O~
O
N (3-{3-[2-([l,l'-biphenyl]-4-yloxy)ethyl]-6-ethyl-3-\ N ~S~~ azabicyclo[3.I.0]hex-6-I / O O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami ~ I \
de Processes B and D
N
~O \
H N [3-(3-{2-[4-(4,5-dihydro- Hod o \ N ~ g~ 1,3-oxazol-2-yl)phenoxy]ethyl}-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami processes B and D
de N
~O
O
NJ
HO~O ~
N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-(4-S phenoxyphenoxy)ethyl]-3-O° ~~O azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami processes B and D
de N/
~O
O
(benzyloxy)benz IrLI-6- Commercial aldehyde ,s,. ethyl-3-0 o azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6- processes B
yl~phenyl)methanesulfona mide N O
172 -- off o~° ~ ~ i ~
i \
Processes C and E
N (3-{3-[2_(q._ benzylphenoxy)ethyl]-6-H ethyl-3-N ~ S~ azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-O° '~O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami de N
173 N-{3-[3-(4-cyanobenzyl)-6-ethyl-3-H azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- Commercial aldehyde N~Si yl]phenyl}methanesulfona process B
O' ''O mide N
\\
N
H N (3-{3-[2-(4-\ N~g~ cyclopropylphenoxy)ethyl]- O'~O
/ O ~ '~O 6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl)methanesulfonami de UK-180220 Process A
N
~O \
Substituents of the basic alkyl/alkenyl/alkynyl chains:
O
CI'~O
Process A
phenyl 3-(6-ethyl-6- {3-H [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe N ~S~~ nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-O O 3-yl)propanoate N O
O ~
H Br~
\ N~g~ benzyl4-(6-ethyl-6-{3- O
O ~ ~~O [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- Process A
3-yl)butanoate N>
O \
O
H
N~S.~ N {3-[6-ethyl-3-(3-oxo-3- CI
phenylpropyl)-3-/ O O azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}methanesulfonami \ de Process A
N~ O
H
N ;s~~ N (3-{3-[3-(2,3-dihydro-1H CI . ' \
O o inden-5-yl)-3-oxopropyl]-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- Process A
yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami N~ O de 179 p 2-(6-ethyl-6-{3 ~, Br H [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe I ~ ~O
N ~ S ~ nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-I O ~ ~~O 3-yl)ethyl benzoate /
/ Process A
N/ . / ..
'~
180 H Br~O~~N
N ~S~~ 2-(6-ethyl-6-{3- O
O O [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- Process A
3-yl)ethyl cyanoacetate N
~O
N
O
181 _2-(6-ethyl-6-~3- ~ \ 0 0 ~N / O~CI
j(methylsulfonyl)aminolphen -3-azabicyclof3.l.Olhex- ~N~
o,s,,o 3-~yl 1,5-dimethyl-3- Process A
oxo-2-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-N N 1H pyrazole-4-carboxylate o I N
O O
182 p HO
Processes C and E
N (3-f3-[(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)methyl]-6-H ethyl-3-\ N ~ g! azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-O~ ~O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami de N
O
H N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[(4- O
N ~ S ~ methoxycyclohexyl)methyl]- ~O
O 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami Processes C and E
de N
O' H
\ N ,S~/ N (3-X3-[(2- - - ~ \
/ O O benzylcyclohexyl)methyl] 6 /
ethyl-3 azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yI}phenyl)methanesulfonami Processes C and E
de N ~I
O
H N {3-[6-ethyl-3-(octahydro-N w / 1H inden-2-ylmethyl)-3- Processes C and E
O S''O azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-/ y1] phenyl ~ methanesulfonami de ~N ~
H HO
\ N~ ~ N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[(2- ~ '' \
phenylcyclopropyl)methyl]-/ O o ''O O
3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami de Processes C and E
N>
H N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2- ~..~ ~
\ N~S-~ (phenylsulfonyl)ethyl]-3- HO~S \
azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-/ O O yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami /
de Processes C and E
N~
~SO
/
HO~/S\/
Processes B and D
N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-N w / (ethylsulfonyl)ethyl]-3-fl S''O azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-/ y1 } phenyl)methanesulfonami de N~
O' ~O, , ~S~j H C~/~s \
\ N ~ S / N (3-{3-[2-0~. ''O (benzylsulfonyl)ethyl]-6-ethyl-3- process A
azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl~phenyl)methanesulfonami de N
\
O
H
N [2-(6-ethyl-6-{3- ~ / S~N~OH
\ S [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe i, ~~O
O ~ ~~O nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- O
/ 3- Process C and E
yl)ethyl]benzenesulfonamide N~ /
~N.S \
~~ ~~O
O
N~
N [3-(6-ethyl-3-{2- \~~ O CI
[(methylsulfonyl)amino]ethy O
1}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- process A
yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami de H
N.S/
/ O ~ ~~O
N
H
~N.S/.
O
192 N [2-(6-ethyl-6-{3- O
H [(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe N ss'~' nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- N /~ O H
O O 3-yl)ethyl]acetamide H
Processes B and D
N~
~N
O
193 N [2-(6-ethyl-6-{3-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe H
H nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex- ~ I N ~ CI
N w S / 3-yl)ethyl]benzamide O
O ~ ~~O Process A
N
N
I
O
194 N [2-(6-ethyl-6-{3- O
[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe ~ OH
nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl)ethyl]isonicotinamide N
Processes B and D
H
N ~ S.i O s ''O
N~ ~ N
~N
i O
H O
N i S/ ~ / N~N~OH
O ' ' O N [3-(3-f 2- H H
[(anilinocarbonyl)amino]eth Processes B and D
yl}-6-ethyl-3-\ azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonami de N
~N N
O
196 ethyl2-(6-ethyl-6-{3- H O
[(methylsulfonyl)amino]phe HON
H nyl}-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-N ~ S/ 3-yl)ethylcarbamate O
O ~ ''O
Processes B and D
N
~N O~
O
N 3- 6-eth 1-3- 2-Y [
(phenylsulfanyl)ethyl]-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl}phenyl)methanesulfonami Processes C and E
de H
N
/ O,S,,O
N
~S
198 p Hp~S N~
\ N ~S,!
N (3-{6-ethyl-3-[2-(2- N r 1 / O O pyrimidinylsulfanyl)ethyl]-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6- Processes C and E
yI}phenyl)methanesulfonami de '' N
~. S N~
N
Example 199: N(3-f3-f3-(4-acetylphenyl)propyll-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3l0ihex-6-yl~phenyl)methanesulfonamide - and formate salt H
N.S~
' 'p c~ ( w i TFA salt H
To a solution of the trifluoroacetic acid salt of N-[3-(6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (106 mg, 0.27 mmol) in N, N- dimethylformamide (4 ml) was added sodium hydrogen carbonate (90mg, 1.1 mmol), 1-[4-(3-chloropropyl)phenyl]ethanone (58 mg, 0.29 mmol) and sodium iodide (catalytic) and 5 the reaction mixture was heated at 70 °C for 20 h. After cooling, the solvent was removed in-vacuo to give a crude residue. This was purified by silica {14 g) column chromatography eluting'wifh ethyl acetate: hexane (75:25) and then with neat ethyl acetate. Combination and evaporation of the appropriate fractions gave the partially purified product. This material was further purified by preparative HPLC
(condition 1 ) to to afford the formats salt of title compound (16 mg, 12%) as a yellow oil.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3, data for formats salt) : 0.85 (t, 3H), 1.70 (q, 2H), 2.05 (quintet, 2H), 2.15 (s, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.70 (t, 2H), 2.80-2.$5 (m, 4H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 3.70-3.80 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1 H), 7.05-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.90 (d, 2H), 8.40 (s, 1 H).
15 MS {Electrospray) : M/Z (M-H) 439; C25H32N2O3S - H requires 439.2.
Example 200 ' N-(3-~3-f2-(benzyloxy)benzyl6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3101hex-6-yl)phenvl)methanesulfonamide / o / \
N
~~ ~ p ~ 0 0 / O
N O
/
H TFA salt To a solution of 2-benzyloxybenzaldehyde (27mg, 0.13mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) at room temperature was added the trifluoroacetic acid salt N-[3-(6-ethyl-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (50mg, 0.13 mmol) and triethylamine (0.05 ml, 0.38 mmof). The reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 2h. At this point sodium triacetoxyborohydride (40.8 mg, 0.19 mmol) was added and the reaction was left to stir at room temperature for 16 h. Water (5m1) was then added to the reaction mixture and the two layers were separated using a Whatman filter tube (hydrophobic polytetrafluoroethylene membrane). The organic layer was then blown down to dryness under a steam of nitrogen. The residue was purified by column chromatography using a Sep-PakTM cartridge packed with silica gel (10 g) eluting with hexane: ethyl acetate (100:0, 1:1, 1:3, 1:6, 1:9 and 0:100) to afford the title compound (28 mg, 46°l°) as an oil.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.85 (t, 3H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 2.00-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.85 (d, 2H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.20 (dd, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 6.90-7.05 (m, 3H), 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.40-7.50 (m, 6H).
MS (Electrospray) : M/Z (M+H) 477; C28H32N~03S + H requires 477.
o Example 201 ' N-f3-f3-(4-cyanobenzyl)-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-yllphenyl~methanesulfonamide H
~NwSiO
N
N
5 The compound above was prepared by a similar method to that of Example 167, using the trifluoroacetic acid salt of N-[3-(6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (100 mg, 0.25mmol) and 4-cyanobenzaldehyde (33mg, 0.25mmol) as the starting materials. The product was purified using preparative HPLC (conditions 3) to afford the title compound (28 mg, 28 %) as an 0 off-white solid.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.85(t, 3H), 1.80 (s, 2H), 2.05 (q, 2H), 2.80 (d, 2H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 7.00-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.20 (m, 1 H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.60 (d, 2H) 5 MS (Electrospray) : MlZ (M+H) 396; CzaH25N302S-H requires 396 Example 202: N-(3-f3-f2-~4-cyclopropylphenoxy)ethyll-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6- I~y phenyl)methanesulfonamide H N
~rv0 I O
cWo ~ \ /
i N~ .. -I TFA salt H .. O
To a solution of the trifluoroacetic acid salt of N-[3-(6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (75 mg, 0.19 mmol) in N,N- dimethylformamide (3 ml) was added sodium hydrogen carbonate (64 mg, 0.8 mmol), 1-(2-chloroethoxy)-4 cyclopropylbenzene (41 mg, 0.21 mmol) and sodium iodide (3 mg, catalytic) and the reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C for 20 h. After cooling, the solvent was removed in-vacuo to give a crude residue. This was purified by preparative HPLC
(condition 2) to afford the formate salt of the title compound (4 mg, 5%) as a brown o gum.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3, data for formate salt) : 0.55-0.60 (m, 2H), 0.80-0.95 (m, 5H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 3H), 2.25 (bs, 2H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 3.15 (d, 2H), 3.45 (t, 2H), 3.80-3.90 (m, 2H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 7.05-7.15 (t, 2H), 7.20 (s, 1 H), 7.30 (t, 1 H).
5 MS (Electrospray) : M/Z (M-H) 439; C25HsaN2CsS - H requires 439.2.
Example 203: N-(3-~6-ethyl-3-f(2-phenylcyclopropyl)methyll-3-azabicyclof31 Olhex-6-yl phenyl)methanesulfonamide H H
/ ..
/ OSO O
H ~ ~ \
_ /
TFA salt H
To a mixture of frans-2-phenylcyclopropylcarboxaldehyde {ref. J. Org. Chem., 1992, 57, 1526} (30 mg, 0.2 mmol) and the trifluoroacetic acid salt of N-[3-(6-ethyl-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dry 1,2-dichloroethane was added Hunigs' base (0.02m1, 0.12mmol). The mixture was sonicated for 3 minutes and then stirred for a further 30 minutes followed by the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (50 mg, 0.25mmol). After stirring for hours, the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50m1) and partitioned between saturated sodium bicarbonate (2 x 25m1). The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 20m1), dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate, filtered and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure to produce a yellow/brown oil. This oil was dissolved in the minimum of quantity of dichloromethane and purified using a BiotageTM 6 g cartridge eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate:hexane (30:70) to ethyl acetate (100%) to afford the title compound (32 mg 62%) as an oil.
5 ' H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.78-0.90 (m, 3H), 0.97 (m, 1 H), 1.24 (m, 1 H), 1.72 (m, 1 H), 1.76-1.79 (m, 2H) 1.90-2.05 (m, 2H) 2.45 (dd, 1 H), 2.60 (dd, 1 H), 2.84-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 3.02-3.08 (m, 2H) 6.89-7.3 (m, 9H).
MS (Electrospray) : M/Z (M+H) 411; C~4H3°SOZN2 + H requires 411 ,0 PREPARATIONS
NB Preparations 1 to 148 from International Patent Application publication no.
W000/39089 are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety, and the same numbering is adhered to herein.
5 Preparation 149 1-f4-(3-chloropropyl)phenyllethanone CI
CI
Aluminium chloride (15.0 g, 0.11 moles) and acetyl chloride (16.0 g, 0.20 moles) 0 were dissolved in dichloromethane (50 ml) at room temperature. This mixture was then added dropwise to a solution 1-chloro-3-phenylpropane (15.5 g, 0.10 moles) in dichloromethane (25 ml) at room temperature over 15 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 1 hr and then poured cautiously onto ice. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (450 ml). The organics were washed with water and brine, and then dried (MgS04) and concentrated in-vacuo to give the title compound (19.2 g, 98°I°) as an oil.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 2.10 (quintet, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 3.55 (t, 2H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.90 (d, 2H).
MS (thermospray) : M/Z [M+NH4]+ 214; C"H,3CI0 + NH4 requires 214.1.
l0 Preparation 150 1~2-chloroethoxy)-4-c clopro~ylbenzene HO
\ CIO \
i~
4-Cyclopropylphenol (6.75 g, 50.3 mmol, reference: Horrom et. al., Org. Prep.
Proceed. Int., 1992, 24 (6), 696-698), 2-chloroethyl p-toluenesulfonate (17.71 g, 75.5 mmol), and potassium carbonate (10.4 g, 75.4 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (500 ml) were stirred together under a nitrogen atmosphere at reflux for 30 hours.
The zo reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (1000 ml). The organics were washed with water (3 x 250 ml), dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. This crude material was purified by silica column chromatography eluting with hexane : dichloromethane (4:1 ) and then with hexane dichloromethane (3:1 ) to afford the title compound (8.7 g, 88%) as a solid.
~5 Mpt:47-48°C
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.60-0.70 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.95 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.95 (m, 1H), 3.81 (t, 2H), 4.21 (t, 2H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 7.02 (d, 2H).
MS (thermospray) M/Z (M) 196; C"H,30CI requires 196.1.
3o Preparation 151 1-Allyl-1 H-pyrolle-2,5-dione (see J. O~. Chem. 1997 62 2652 / ~O
/ O
O + H2N~ ~ N
O
To a solution of.maleic anhydride (98 g, 1.00 mol) in dry toluene (3000 ml) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere was added dropwise a solution of allylamine (57.1 g, 1.00 mol) in toluene (1000 ml) over one hour. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours and then zinc chloride (136.3 g, 1.00 mo() was added and the reaction was heated to 80°C. 1,1,1,3,3,3-Hexamethyldisilazane o (242 g, 1.5 mol) in toluene (1000 ml) was then added dropwise over one hour and the mixture was stirred at 80°C for another 4 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured onto 1 N HCI (4000 ml). The two layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water (2000 ml), saturated sodium bicarbonate (2000 ml) and brine (2000 ml). The organics were concentrated in vacuo 5 to give the title compound (74 g, 54%) as a solid.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDGI3): 4.05 (d, 2H), 5.00-5.15 (m, 2H), 5.60-5.80 (m, 1H), 6.65 (2H, s).
Preparation 152 0 1-(3-nitroahenyl)-1-propanone hydrazone /O
O- I _ \ N' \
/ /
wN~NH2 To a solution of 3-nitropropiophenone (168 g, 0.93 mol) in ethanol (830 ml) at room temperature was slowly added hydrazine monohydrate (96.8 g, 1.93 mol) via a dropping funnel. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 4 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane (750 ml) and water (750 ml). The two layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (250 ml), dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated in-vacuo to give an orange oil. This residue was crystallised from~diisopropyl ether at -20°C to afford the title compound (110 g, 61 °l°) as a yellow crystalline solid.
Mpt: 32°C
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): 1.20 (t, 3H), 2.70 (q, 2H), 5.65 (broad s, 2H), 7.50 (t, 1 H), 7.95 (d, 1 H), 8.10 (d, 1 H), 8.50 (s, 1 H).
MS (Electrospray) M/Z [MH]+ 194; C9H"N30~ + H requires 194.1.
Preparation 153 3-Allyl-6-ethyl-6-~3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabic~rclo[3.1.Olhexane-2.4-dione O
II+
O \ N.O_ \ ,_ O ~ O ~ /
N' wN~NH2 ~JO
O~N~O
To a stirred solution of 1-(3-nitrophenyl)-1-propanone hydrazone (84.7 g, 439 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (1000 ml) was rapidly added manganese dioxide (grade CMD-1 from Sumitromo, 175 g, 2.01 mol) followed by a saturated solution of ethanolic potassium hydroxide (40 ml) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 minutes and during this period the reaction temperature had risen from 19°C
to 25°C. Stirring was then stopped and the mixture was allowed to settle. This S mixture was then filtered through a pad of Celite~ dropwise, directly into a solution of 1-allyl-1H-pyrolle-2,5-dione (57.3 g, 418 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (200 ml). The Celite~
pad was washed with 1,4-dixane (100 ml) to ensure complete addition of the reactants. After stirring at room temperature for one hour the mixture was heated at reflux for 20 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was then crystallised from diisopropyl ether (1000 ml) at 0°C to afford the title compound (83 g, 66%) as an off-white crystalline solid.
MPt: 128-129°C
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.90 (t, 3H), 1.80 (q, 2H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 4.05 (d, 2H), 5.20 o (d, 1 H), 5.30 (d, 1 H), 5.75-5.85 (m, 1 H), 7.55 (t, 1 H), 7.70 (dd, 1 H), 8.20 (dd, 1 H), 8.25 (s, 1 H).
Preparation 154 3-allyl-6-(3-aminophenyl)-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo~3.1.Olhexane-2 4-dione O
II+
N.O_ \ NH2 O~N~O
O N~O
To a stirred suspension of 3-allyl-6-ethyl-6-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (93 g, 310 mmol) and iron powder (151 g, 2.70 o mol) in ethanol (6.75 L) was added calcium chloride (16.7 g, 0.15 mol) in water (1.2 L). The mixture was heated at reflux for three hours and then cooled to room temperature before being filtered through Celite~. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a wet solid. This material was dissolved in dichloromethane (500 ml) and the two layers were separated. The organic layer was dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a pale yellow solid (81 g). This material was crystallised from ethyl acetate and hexane (1:1; 6m1 per gram) at room temperature to afford the title compound (54 g, 65%) as a pale yellow crystalline solid.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.90 (t, 3H), 1.75 (q, 2H), 2.75 (s, 2H), 3.95 (broad s, 2H), 4.05 (d, 2H), 5.25 (d, 1 H), 5.35 (d, 1 H), 5.75-5.85 (m, 1 H), 6.65 (d, 1 H), 6.70 (s, 1 H), 6.75 (d, 1 H), 7.10 (t, 1 H).
Preparation 155 3-(3-Aril-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-yl)aniline NH2 ~ NH2 l~
O N O
N
To a solution of lithium aluminium hydride (1 M solution in THF; 400 ml, 400 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (400 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere at -15°C was added 3-allyl-6-(3-aminophenyl)-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (44 g, 163 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (250 ml) via a dropping funnel over 0.5 hours. The mixture was then allowed to slowly warm to room temperature over one hour. The mixture was heated at 50°C for 3 hours and then cooled to 5°C. Water (400 ml) was then cautiously added to the cooled (5°C) reaction mixture. The solids were removed by filtration 2o through a pad of Celite~ , washing with ethyl acetate (400 ml). The filtrate was dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (38.1 g, 96%) as a golden oil.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.85 (t, 3H), 1.80-1.95 (m, 4H), 2.85-3.00 (m, 4H), 3.15 (d, 2H), 3.60 (broad s, 2H), 5.10 (d, 1 H), 5.20 (d, 1 H), 5.80-5.95 (m, 1 H), 6.50 (d, 1 H), 6.60 (s, 1 H), 6.65 (d, 1 H), 7.05 (t, 1 H).
MS (AP+) M/Z [MH]+ 243; C,6H22N~ + H requires 243.2.
Preparation 156 N-f3-(3-aIIKI-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide ~ NH2 ~ N~S/
/ ~ / O ,,O
N. N~
To a solution of 3-(3-allyl-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)aniline (41 g, 169 mmol) to and triethylamine (34 g, 337 mmol) in dichloromethane (750 ml) at -40°C was added dropwise methanesulfonyl chloride (23.7 g, 206 mmol) via a dropping funnel.
The reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm to room temperature over 2 hours and was then stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The organics were then washed with water (4 x 500 ml), dried (MgS04), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (59.0 g) as a crude gum.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.85 (t, 3H), 1.85 (s, 2H), 1.95 (q, 2H), 2.80-3.20 (m, 9H), 5.10-5.25 (m, 2H), 5.80-5.95 (m, 1 H), 7.00-7.40 (m, 4H).
Preparation 157 N-f3-(6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-yl)phenyllmethanesulfonamide H NHS/
N~ / \
'O ~ / ~~ '~O
O O
N~ N
H
To a degassed solution of N-[3-(3-allyl-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide (54.0 g, 169 mmol) and 1,3-dimethylbarbituric acid s (80.0 g, 512 mmol) in dichloromethane (500 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (2.0 g, 1.73 mmol). The mixture was heated at reflux for 8 hours and then stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The organics were then extracted with 2M HCI (2 x 100 ml) and water (100 ml). The combined aqueous layers were then washed with dichloromethane (4 x 100 ml) and to freeze dried to give a crude solid. This material was purified by preparative HPLC
(condition 4) to afford the trifluoroacetic acid salt of title compound (25.2 g, 53%) as a grey solid.
'H-NMR (300MHz, CD30D): 0.90 (t, 3H), 1.65 (q, 2H), 2.30-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 1s 3H), 3.25-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.80 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.30 (t, 1 H).
MS (AP+) : M/Z [MH]+ 281; C14H20N2O2S + H requires 281.1.
Preparation 158 : 3-Benzyl-6-met~il-6-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhexane-20 2,4-dione To a solution of 1-(3-nitrophenyl)-1-ethanone hydrazone (100g, 0.56mo1), in dioxan (1 L) was added MnOZ (350g, 2.3mo1) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 30mins. The slurry was filtered through celite 2s and the celite pad washed with dioxan (200m1s). The filtrate was returned to a pot and N-benzyl maleimide (110g,) added portionwise over a period of 20mins. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4hrs before being heated under reflux for 16hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed in vacuo. The residue was triturated in methanol (500m1s) and the product isolated by filtration as a white crystalline solid ( 56%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 7.28-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.43-7.45 (d, 2H), 7.52-7.56 (t, 1 H), 7.63-7.65 (d, 1 H), 8.13-8.16 (d, 1 H), 8.17 (s, 1 H) MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 337.5 +H requires 337.3 Preparation 159: 6-(3-Aminophenyl)-3-benzyl-6-methyl-3-azabicyclof3 1 Olhexane-2,4-dione To a slurry of 3-benzyl-6-methyl-6-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (30g, 89mmol) in ethyl acetate (600m1s) was added 5%Pt/C (1.5g, 5wt%).
The mixture was hydrogenated at 4 atm. (=60p.s.i.) / room temperature for 18hrs.
The slurry was filtered through arbacel and the resulting solution evaporated in vacuo to yield the product as a white crystalline solid (24g, 88%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 1.26 (s, 3H), 2.74 (s, 2H), 3.7 (2H, bs), 4.60 (s, 2H), 6.56-6.58 (d, 1 H), 6.60 (s, 1 H), 6.65-6.67 (d, 1 H), 7.07-7.11 (t, 1 H), 7.26-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.42-7.44 (m, 2H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 307.5 +H requires 307.4 Preparation 160: N-~3-f3-Benzyf-6-methyl-2 4-dioxo-3-azabicyclof3 1 Olhex-6-Yll~henyl)methanesulfonamide 3o To a solution of 6-(3-aminophenyl)-3-benzyl-6-methyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (24g, 78mmol) in ethyl acetate (480m1s) was added pyridine (9.5m1s, 118mmol) followed by the slow addition of methane sulfonyl chloride (9.1 mls, 118mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2.5hrs. The reaction mixture was washed sequentially with 1 M HCI solution (120m1s) and water (120m1s).
The ethyl acetate was dried over MgS04 and evaporated in vacuo to yield the product as an orange solid (30g, 99%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 1.27 (s, 3H), 2.77 (s, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 7.08-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.41-7.42 (d, 2H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 385.7 +H requires 385.5 Preparation 161: N-f3-Benzyl-6-methyl-3-azabiyclof3.1.Olhex-6-yllphenyl~
to methanesulfonamide To a solution of N-~3-[3-benzyl-6-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3-azabicy~lo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl]methanesulfonamide (150g, 391 mmol), under nitrogen was added sodium borohydride (31 g, 820mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to <10°C
and the BF3.OEt~ (138.6m1s, 1094mmol) added dropwise maintaining the temperature at <10°C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 2hrs before being heated under reflux for a further 8.5hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to between 0°C and 5°C and an aqueous solution of piperazine (198.5g, 2304mmol in 1.26L of water) added. The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux for a period of l8hrs. The THF was removed under vacuum, ethyl acetate (900m1s) added, and the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with a second portion of ethyl acetate (450m1s). The organic phases were combined and washed with water (750m1s). The organics were dried over MgS04 and evaporated in vacuo to yield the product as a white crystalline solid (129g, 93%).
NMR (CDC13) d: 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.83 (d, 2H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 3.03-3.07 (d, 2H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 7.01-7.02 (s, 1H), 7.06-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.32 (m, 3H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+]357.5 +H requires 357.5 Preparation 162: N-~3-f6-methyl-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-Lrl]phenyl~methanesulfonamide 7g To a solution of N-{3-benzyl-6-methyl-3-azabiyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}
methanesulfonamide (20g, 56mmol), in methanol, was added ammonium formate (10.6g, 168mmol) and the reaction stirred for 5minutes. 10% Pd/C (8g) was added and the resulting mixture heated at reflux for 16hrs. The mixture was allowed to cool and the catalyst removed by filtration through celite. The solvent was removed in vacuo to yield the product as a pale yellow oil, which solidified on standing (15.2g, 85%).
to NMR (CDCI3) d: 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.85-1.88 (d, 2H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.10 (d, 2H), 3.39-3.44 (d, 2H), 6.92-6.97 (m, 2H), 7.06 (s, 1 H), 7.20-7.23 (m, 1 H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 267.4 +H requires 267.3 Preparation 163 : 3-Benzyl-6-ethyl-6-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabicyclo~3.1.Olhexane-2.4-dione To a solution of 1-(3-nitrophenyl)-1-propanone hydrazone (42.1 gg, 217mmol), in dioxan (630m1s) was added MnO~ (126g, 1440mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 20mins. The slurry was filtered through celite and the celite pad washed with dioxan (200m1s). The filtrate was returned to a pot and N-benzyl maleimide (44.9g, 239mmol) added portionwise over a period of 20mins. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 60hrs before being heated under refiux for 16hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed in vaeuo. The residue was heated to reflux in methanol (1200m1s) for 3 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The product was isolated by filtration as a white crystalline solid (42.4g, 56%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 0.69-0.73 (t, 3H), 1.47-1.49 (q, 2H), 2.78 (s, 2H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 7.3-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.44 (d, 1 H), 7.52-7.55 (t, 1 H), 7.62-7.65 (d, 2H), 8.17-8.18 (m, 3H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 351.5 +H requires 351.3 Preparation 164: 6-(3-AminophenLrl)-3-benzyl-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo(3.1 Olhexane-dione To a slurry of 3-benzyl-6-ethyl-6-(3-nitrophenyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (42.1 g, 120mmol) in ethyl acetate (850m1s) was added 5%Pt/C (2.1 g, 5wt%).
The mixture was hydrogenated at 60psi/ room temperature for 18hrs. The slurry was filtered through arbacel and the resulting solution evaporated in vacuo to yield the product as a white crystalline solid (34.1g, 89%).
l0 NMR (CDCI3) d: 0.70-0.74 (t, 3H), 1.41-1.47 (q, 2H), 2.73 (s, 2H), 3.68 (bs, 2H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 6.55-6.57 (d, 1 H), 6.60 (s, 1 H), 6.66-6.68 (d, 1 H), 7.07-7.10 (t, 1 H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.43 (d, 2H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 321.4 +H requires 321.4 Preparation 165: N-f3-f3-Benzyl-6-ethyl-2,4-dioxo-3-azabicyclof3.1.Olhex-6-Ilphenyl~methanesulfonamide To a solution of 6-(3-aminophenyl)-3-benzyl-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-2,4-dione (31.5g, 98mmol) in dichloromethane (250m1s) was added pyridine (9.5m1s, 118mmol) followed by the slow addition of methane sulfonyl chloride (9.1 mls, 118mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16hrs. The reaction mixture was washed sequentially with 1 M HCI solution (250m1s) and water (120m1s).
The dichloromethane was dried over MgS04 and evaporated in vacuo to yield the product as a waxy pink solid (38.2g, 98%).
a5 NMR (CDCI3) d: 0.68-0.72 (t, 3H), 1.42-1.47 (q, 2H), 2.75 (s, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 7.13-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.42 (m, 4H), 7.41-7.43 (d, 2H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 399.6 +H requires 399.5 Preparation 166: N-f3-Benzyl-6-ethyl-3-azabicyclof3 1 Olhex-6-yllphenyl}
methanesulfonamide To a solution of N-~3-[3-benzyl-6-ethyl-2,4-dioxo-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}methanesulfonamide (38.2g, 95mmol), in THF (200m1s) under nitrogen was added sodium borohydride (7.46g, 201 mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to <10 C and the BF3.OEt~ (38.1 mls, 268mmol) added dropwise maintaining the temperature at <10 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 2hrs before being heated under reflux for a further 12hrs.
The reaction mixture was cooled to between 0°C and 5°C and an aqueous solution of piperazine (48.7g, 565mmol in 320m1s of water) added. The reaction mixture was 5 then heated under reflux for a period of 18hrs. The THF was removed under vacuum, ethyl acetate (200m1s) added, and the phases were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with a second portion of ethyl acetate (200m1s).
The organic phases were combined and washed with 3 separate portions of water (3x400m1s). The organics were dried over MgS04 and evaporated in vacuo to yield to the product as a white crystalline solid (33.5g, 94%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 0.84-0.88 (t, 3H), 1.76-1.77 (d, 2H), 2.06-2:12 (q, 2H), 2.79-2.81 (d, 2H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 3.06-3.08 (d, 2H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 7.01-7.03 (d, 1 H), 7.08-7.10 (d, 2H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.32 (m, 3H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 371.3 +H requires 371.5 Preparation 167: N-f3-f6-Ethyl-3-azabicyclo~3.1.~lhex-6-yllphenyllmethanesulfonamide To a solution of N-{3-benzyl-6-ethyl-3-azabiyclo[3.1.0]hex-6-yl]phenyl}
methanesulfonamide (500mg, 1.34mmol), in methanol (30m1s), was added ammonium formate (255mg, 4.05mmol) and the reaction stirred for 5minutes. 10%
Pd/C (200mg) was added and the resulting mixture heated at reflux for 2hrs.
The mixture was allowed to cool and the catalyst removed by filtration through celite. The solvent was removed in vacuo to yield the product as a pale yellow oil, which solidified on standing (15.2g, 85%).
NMR (CDCI3) d: 0.80-0.84 (t, 3H), 1.64-1.69 (q, 3H), 1.82-1.86 (d, 2H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.18 (d, 2H), 3.21-3.26 (d, 2H), 7.01-7.06 (d, 1H), 7.10-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.28 (m, 1 H).
MS (APCI): m/z [MH+] 281.7 +H requires 281.4 $1 Other building block materials useful in synthesising compounds of formula (I) with various difFerent R4 groups are available from the sources indicated in the table below, and routine derivatisation thereof, or analogy synthesis.
R4 Substructure Example of commercialLiterature reference source -(CH2)n0(CH2)nR
examples ALDRICH
~OH
CI~
O
ALDRICH
HO~
~N~
O
SALOR
HO~O~NH2 O
1. Org.Magn.Reson., HO~O I ~ 1975, Vol 7, 488-495.
N
F
HO- V O v 'F
Alcohol US 5157159 MAYBRIDGE
HO~O
ALDRICH
~O
HO
HO~O~O\ ALDRICH
HO~ Bull. Soc. Chim.
1 Fr.;
-~ ~O
~ 1947, 616 .
~
O
Alcohol-EP-0811621 (CH2)n0(CH2)nAryl examples BIONET
HO~O I \
CI
Ho~O \ 1. J. Org. Chem., 1987, 52 (12), 2594.
O
2. Org. Prep. Proceed.
Int; 23, 4; 1991, 427.
All other For a general procedure (CH2)n0(CH2)nAryl see; J. Am. Chem.
Soc., examples could be 1951, 3159-3162.
prepared via 2 step process from a benzyl alcohol or benzyl chloride Aryl substituents on R4 (mix. of aryl and aryloxy examples) H2N °
H0~° w SALOR
J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 1427.
° I ~ o J. Med. Chem., EN; 28, NH 10, 1985, 1427.
Z
SALOR
No °
/
NNz H By manipulation of the N~SOzMe product above.
/
N
~O
O
/ H~NHz DE 2135678;
CI'~° I ~ DE 3636333 / S~NHZ
Rev. Med.-Chiv., 1985, 89 (2), 316-20.
SPECS
o ~ '0 HO-/ S~
O~~ ~O
Hobo w APIN
OMe p J. Med. Chem., 28, 10, 1985,1427 J. Med. Chem., 28, 10, O 1985,1427 cW° ~ w /
Ho~o 0 o EP-0171760 o J. Med. Chem., 28, 10, 1985, 1427.
o LANCASTER
H O' OH
Ho~O I ~ ICN-RF
MAYBRIDGE
Ho~° I ~
/ o N
8s No~~ I ~ ~ i I SALOR
o Ho~° ( ~ MAYBRIDGE
° ~
I.
Agric. Biol. Chem., 1978, off 1767.
o' v ° I ~ ~ ~ WO 9611192 (alcohol) Imidazole analogue: J.
Med Chem., 1981, 24(10), 1139 HO~O \ MAYBRIDGE
J. Med. Chem., 28, 10, ~\N 1985, 1427.
Substituents of the basic R4 alkyl/alkenyUalkynyl chains:
ICN-RF
CI'~~ O
O \ WYCHEM
ALDRICH
O
cm-' /
O SALOR
c1 O ALDRICH
\ ~Br ~O
gr~.0 \ J. Am. Chem. Soc., 78, \~~ N 1956, 4944.
O
Alcohol: EP-136260 0 o SALOR
\ ci N -~o~
N
ALDRICH
O
HO ' O / ALDRICH
O
HO
O OH SALOR
/
HO J. Org. Chem., 1954, 1449.
O
g7 ALDRICH
Ho O O O LANCASTER
~S ~ Alcoflol-ALDRICH
HO I ~.
O O LANCASTER
vy HO~S~
LANCASTER
O~~O
~S \
CI
O SPECS
H
N' ~
/ S~; v -OH
O O
H M DA
\ ~N~CI
~ S~~O
O
O ALDRICH
~N~OH
H
ALDRICH
MAYBRIDGE
SCI
O
O ALDRICH
\ H~OH
N /
O MAYBRIDGE
/ N~N~OH
H H
O~ SALOR
N\ , HO
O
O ALDRICH
HOI v s ~
O ALDRICH
HO- v s N~
N
Claims (34)
1. A substance which is a compound of formula I, wherein the "Ar" ring represents an optionally benzo-fused phenyl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring;
R1 when taken alone is H, halogen, NO2, NH2, NY2WY1, Het1, AD, CO2R7, C(O)R8, C(=NOH)R8, or OE, Y2 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 alkenyl (each of which alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted by aryl, aryloxy or Het1), W is SO2, CO, C(O)O, P(Y1)=O, P(Y1)=S, Y1 is C1-10 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkanoyloxy, CONH2, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, NH2, aryl, mono- or di(C1-4 alkyl)amino, C3-8 cycloalkyl, phthalimidyl, Het1), Het1, aryl (optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and halogen), NH2, N(C1-6 alkyl) or NH(C1-6 alkyl), Het1 is a heterocyclic group containing up to 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O
and S, which may comprise up to 3 rings (preferably a heteroaryl group, optionally benzo- or pyrido-fused heteroaryl), optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-6 halocycloalkyl, =O, OH, halogen, NO2, SiR19a R19b R19c, CON20a R20b, SR21a R21b SR21a, NR21b SO2R22a, NR21cC(O)OR22b, NR21d COR22d, and C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, and if a S atom is present in a ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)-or -S(O2)- group, and carbon atoms in the ring can be present as a part of a carbonyl moiety;
R19a, R19b, R1c each independently represent C1-6 alkyl or aryl, R20a and R20b each independently represent H, C1-6 alkyl, aryl, (C1-4 alkyl)phenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OH, NO2, NH2 and/or halogen, or R20a and R20b can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached, to form a 4- to 6-membered ring optionally substituted by one or more substitutuents independently selected from one or more C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OH, =O, NO2, NH2 and/or halogen, R21a, b, c and d each independently represent H, C1-6 alkyl, aryl or C1-4 alkylphenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl, and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more Cl_4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OH, NO2, halogen, NH2, R22a, b and c each independently represent C1-6 alkyl, aryl or C1-4 alkylphenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl, and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OH, NO2, halogen, NH2, A is C1-4 alkylene, C2-4 alkenylene or C2-4 alkynylene, each of which is optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, halogen and/or OH, D is H, OH, CN, NR25R26, CONR25R26, NHR27, CO2R28, COR29, C(=NOH)R29, or AD is CN, NR25R26, CONR25R26, where R25 and R26 are either each independently H, C1-3 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, C1-4 alkylphenyl (each of which C1-3 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl and C1-4, alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more NO2, halogen, C1-4 alkyl and/or C1-4 alkoxy, (each of which latter C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one or more halogen)), or R25 and R26 are taken together with the N atom to which they are attached and can form a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring optionally incorporating one or more further hetero atoms selected from N, O and S, and which ring is optionally substituted by one or more C1_ 4 alkyl, OH, =O, NO2, NH2 and/or halogen, R27 is COR30, CO2R31a, SO2R31b, R28 and R29 are each independently H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl or C1-4alkylphenyl, each of which C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl and C1-4 alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more NO2, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy (each of which latter C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more halogen), R30 is H, C1-4 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-8 cycloalkyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, C1-4 alkylphenyl, phenyl(C1-4)alkoxy, (each of which C1-4 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-8 cycloalkyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, C1-4 alkylphenyl and phenyl(C1-4)alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more NO2, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy (which latter alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more halogen)), R31a and R31b are each independently C1-4 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl or C1-4 alkylphenyl, each of which is optionally substituted by one or more NO2, halogen, C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy, each of which latter alkyl and alkoxy is optionally substituted by one more halogen E is H, CONR32R33, CSNR32R33, COR34, CO2R34, COCH(R34a)NH2, R35 CH2CO2R35a, CHR35b CO2R35a, CH2OCO2R35c, CHR35d OCO2R35c, COCR36=CR37NH2, COCHR36CHR37NH2, or PO(OR38)2, R32 and R33 are each independently H, C3-10 alkylalkenyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by C1-4 alkyl), phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n), C1-10 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by C1-4 alkyl) or phenyl optionally substituted by (X)n), or R32 and R33 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached and can form a 5- to 8-membered heterocycle optionally comprising further hetero atoms selected from N, O and S, which heterocycle is optionally substituted by C1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more halogen, R34 is H, C4-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl), phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CONR32R33 and/or OH), or C1-6 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C4-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl), or phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CON32R33 and/or OH)), R34a is H, C1-6 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C4-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl), or phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CON32R33 and/or OH)), C4-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl), phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CON32R33 and/or OH) or a naturally occuring amino acid substituent, R35 is C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, phenyl (optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyl, NHR32, CON(R32)2, and/or OH);
alkyl (optionally substituted by C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl (optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyl, NHR32, CON(R32)2, and/or OH)), C1-4 alkoxy(C1-4 alkyl), phenyl(C1-4)alkyloxy(C1_4)alkyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, cinnamyl or trimethylsilyl, R35a,b,c and d are each independently H, C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n or C1-6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n), R36 and R37 each independently represent H, C3-6 alkylalkenyl, C4-7 cycloalkyl, phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, or C1-6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n), R38 is C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, or C1-6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n), R2 when taken alone is H or halogen;
or R1 and R2, when attached to adjacent carbon atoms, can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, and may represent Het1a;
Het1a is a heterocyclic group containing up to 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, which may comprise up to 3 rings (and is preferably an optionally benzo-fused 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring) and which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from OH, =O, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy and C1-4 haloalkoxy, which C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy and C1-4 haloalkoxy groups can be optionally substituted by one or more C3-6 cycloalkyl aryl(C1-6)alkyl, which aryl group is optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C1-4 alkyl, haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy and C1-4 haloalkoxy, which latter C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy and C1-4 haloalkoxy groups can be optionally substituted by one or more NR23R24, NR23S(O)n R24, NR23C(O)m R24, and if a S atom is present in a ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)-or -S(O2)- group, which R23 and R24 when taken alone independently represent H, C1-4 alkyl, or haloalkyl, or R23 and R24 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached, to form a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring optionally comprising one or more further heteroatoms selected from, N, O, or S, and which heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy and/or C1-4 haloalkoxy groups, R3 is H, CN, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-6 alkanoyl, C2-6 alkanoyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyloxy, C4-9 cycloalkanoyl, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, saturated heterocycle, NR12R13, CONR12R13, NY2WY1, C1-6 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, (each of which alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups is optionally substituted by one or more CN, halogen, OH, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-6 alkyloxycarbonyloxy, alkanoyl, C1-6 alkanoyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyloxy, C4-9 cycloalkanoyl, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, saturated heterocycle, NR12R13, CONR12R13 and/or NY2WY1), R4 is C1-10 alkyl, C3-10 alkenyl or C3-10 alkynyl, each of which groups is linked to the N
atom via a spa carbon, and which group is substituted by one or more substituents selected from:
C2-6 alkoxy [substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 alkenyl, heteroaryl1, aryl1, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), CO2(heteroaryl1), COCH2(aryl1), COCH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1),-CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl1), S(O)n(heteroaryl1), SO2NR25R26 and cycloalkyl1], S(O)n C1-6 alkyl [optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 alkenyl, heteroaryl1, aryl1, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), CO2(heteroaryl1), COCH2(aryl1), COCH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1), CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl1), S(O)n(heteroaryl1), SO2NR25R26 and cycloalkyl1], aryl2, CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1), cycloalkyl1, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), OCO(aryl1), OCO(heteroaryl1), OCO(C1-6 alkyl), OCOCH2CN, CO2(heteroaryl1), CO2(aryl1)a COCH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n aryl1 S(O)n CH2aryl1, S(O)n(heteroaryl1), S(O)n CH2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2aryl1, NHSO2(C1-6alkyl), NHSO2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2CH2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2CH2(aryl1), NHCOaryl1, NHCO(C1-6 alkyl), NHCONHaryl1, NHCONH(C1-6 alkyl), NHCOheteroaryl1, NHCONHheteroaryl1, NHCO2(aryl1), NHCO2(C1-6 alkyl), NHCO2(heteroaryl1), aryl2oxy, heteroaryl1oxy, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, C2-6 alkanoyl substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, C2-6 alkanoyloxy substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, cycloalkyl1oxy, COcycloalkyl1, heterocycle substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), SO2NR25R26, SO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), OCH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyloxy substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), SO2NR25R26, SO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), OCH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3-7 cycloalkyl, WHEREIN aryl1 is phenyl optionally fused to a C5-7 carbocyclic ring, which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(optionally substituted by OH, CN or halogen), C1-6 haloalkoxy, OH, =O, NY2WY1, halogen, alkoxy, CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, SO2NR25R26, S(p)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(aryl), CO2(heteroaryl), CO2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), (CH2)1-4CO2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(aryl), (CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), O(CH2)1-4CO2H, O(CH2)1-4CO2(aryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1-4CONR25R26 and C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl2 is phenyl optionally fused to a C5-7 carbocyclic ring, which group is substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, SO2NR25R26, S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(aryl), CO2(heteroaryl), CO2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), (CH2)1-4CO2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(aryl), (CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), O(CH2)1-4CO2H, O(CH2)1-4Co2(aryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1-4CONR25R26 and C3-7 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl1 is heteroaryl optionally fused to a C5-7 carbocyclic ring, which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(optionally substituted by OH, CN or halogen), C1-6 haloalkoxy, OH, =O, NY2WY1, halogen, alkoxy, CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, SO2NR25R26, S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(aryl), CO2(heteroaryl), Co2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), (CH2)1-4CO2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(aryl), (CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), O(CH2)1-4CO2H, O(CH2)1-4CO2(aryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1-4CONR25R26 and C3-7 cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl1 is a C3-10 carbocyclic system with one or two rings and which is substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, Z is a direct bond, CO or S(O)n group, B is (CH2)p, R12 and R13 each independently represent H or C1-4 alkyl, or R12 and R13 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle optionally comprising a further hetero moiety selected from NR16, O and/or S, and which is optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, R14 and R15 each independently represent H, C1-10 alkyl, C3-10 alkenyl, C3-10 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R14 and R15 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle optionally comprising a further hetero moiety selected from NR16, O and/or S, and which is optionally substituted by one or more C1_q.
alkyl, R16 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, (C1-6 alkylene)(C3-8 cycloalkyl) or (C1-alkylene)aryl, R5 and R8 when taken separately are each independently H, C1-6 alkyl, R5 and R8 can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are joined to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring, R6, R7, R9 and R10 when taken separately are H, R5 and R6 or R7 can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are joined to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring, X is halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkyl or C1-4 haloalkoxy, m is 1 or 2;
n is 0, 1 or 2;
p is 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 or 10;
q is 0 or 1;
"Naturally occuring amino acid substituent" means the a-substituent that occurs in any one of the following natural amino acids, glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, tyrosine, histidine, serine, threonine, methionine, cysteine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, asparagine, glutamine, lysine, arginine or proline;
"Heteroaryl" represents an aromatic ring containing up to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, and if a S atom is present in the ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)- or -S(O)2- group, and which may be joined to the remainder of the compound via any available atom(s);
"Heterocycle" is a group containing 1, 2 or 3 rings, and which contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S and up to 18 ring carbon atoms;
"Aryl", including in the definitions of "aryloxy", etc., means a group comprising a phenyl ring and which may incorporate a further carbocyclic ring fused to said phenyl ring and which may be joined to the remainder of the compound via any available atoms) (examples of such groups include naphthyl, indanyl, etc.);
"Alkyl", "alkenyl" and "alkynyl" groups can be linear or branched if the number of carbon atoms allows;
"Cycloalkyl" groups can be polycyclic if the number of carbon atoms allows;
or a pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable derivative or prodrug thereof.
R1 when taken alone is H, halogen, NO2, NH2, NY2WY1, Het1, AD, CO2R7, C(O)R8, C(=NOH)R8, or OE, Y2 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 alkenyl (each of which alkyl and alkenyl is optionally substituted by aryl, aryloxy or Het1), W is SO2, CO, C(O)O, P(Y1)=O, P(Y1)=S, Y1 is C1-10 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, OH, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkanoyloxy, CONH2, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, NH2, aryl, mono- or di(C1-4 alkyl)amino, C3-8 cycloalkyl, phthalimidyl, Het1), Het1, aryl (optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and halogen), NH2, N(C1-6 alkyl) or NH(C1-6 alkyl), Het1 is a heterocyclic group containing up to 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O
and S, which may comprise up to 3 rings (preferably a heteroaryl group, optionally benzo- or pyrido-fused heteroaryl), optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-6 halocycloalkyl, =O, OH, halogen, NO2, SiR19a R19b R19c, CON20a R20b, SR21a R21b SR21a, NR21b SO2R22a, NR21cC(O)OR22b, NR21d COR22d, and C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, and if a S atom is present in a ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)-or -S(O2)- group, and carbon atoms in the ring can be present as a part of a carbonyl moiety;
R19a, R19b, R1c each independently represent C1-6 alkyl or aryl, R20a and R20b each independently represent H, C1-6 alkyl, aryl, (C1-4 alkyl)phenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OH, NO2, NH2 and/or halogen, or R20a and R20b can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached, to form a 4- to 6-membered ring optionally substituted by one or more substitutuents independently selected from one or more C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OH, =O, NO2, NH2 and/or halogen, R21a, b, c and d each independently represent H, C1-6 alkyl, aryl or C1-4 alkylphenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl, and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more Cl_4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OH, NO2, halogen, NH2, R22a, b and c each independently represent C1-6 alkyl, aryl or C1-4 alkylphenyl, each of which alkyl, aryl, and alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, OH, NO2, halogen, NH2, A is C1-4 alkylene, C2-4 alkenylene or C2-4 alkynylene, each of which is optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, halogen and/or OH, D is H, OH, CN, NR25R26, CONR25R26, NHR27, CO2R28, COR29, C(=NOH)R29, or AD is CN, NR25R26, CONR25R26, where R25 and R26 are either each independently H, C1-3 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, C1-4 alkylphenyl (each of which C1-3 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl and C1-4, alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more NO2, halogen, C1-4 alkyl and/or C1-4 alkoxy, (each of which latter C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one or more halogen)), or R25 and R26 are taken together with the N atom to which they are attached and can form a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring optionally incorporating one or more further hetero atoms selected from N, O and S, and which ring is optionally substituted by one or more C1_ 4 alkyl, OH, =O, NO2, NH2 and/or halogen, R27 is COR30, CO2R31a, SO2R31b, R28 and R29 are each independently H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl or C1-4alkylphenyl, each of which C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl and C1-4 alkylphenyl are optionally substituted by one or more NO2, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy (each of which latter C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more halogen), R30 is H, C1-4 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-8 cycloalkyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, C1-4 alkylphenyl, phenyl(C1-4)alkoxy, (each of which C1-4 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-8 cycloalkyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, C1-4 alkylphenyl and phenyl(C1-4)alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more NO2, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy (which latter alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted by one or more halogen)), R31a and R31b are each independently C1-4 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl or C1-4 alkylphenyl, each of which is optionally substituted by one or more NO2, halogen, C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 alkoxy, each of which latter alkyl and alkoxy is optionally substituted by one more halogen E is H, CONR32R33, CSNR32R33, COR34, CO2R34, COCH(R34a)NH2, R35 CH2CO2R35a, CHR35b CO2R35a, CH2OCO2R35c, CHR35d OCO2R35c, COCR36=CR37NH2, COCHR36CHR37NH2, or PO(OR38)2, R32 and R33 are each independently H, C3-10 alkylalkenyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by C1-4 alkyl), phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n), C1-10 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by C1-4 alkyl) or phenyl optionally substituted by (X)n), or R32 and R33 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached and can form a 5- to 8-membered heterocycle optionally comprising further hetero atoms selected from N, O and S, which heterocycle is optionally substituted by C1-4 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more halogen, R34 is H, C4-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl), phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CONR32R33 and/or OH), or C1-6 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C4-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl), or phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CON32R33 and/or OH)), R34a is H, C1-6 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C4-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl), or phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CON32R33 and/or OH)), C4-7 cycloalkyl (optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl), phenyl (optionally substituted by (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyloxy, NR32R33, CON32R33 and/or OH) or a naturally occuring amino acid substituent, R35 is C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, phenyl (optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyl, NHR32, CON(R32)2, and/or OH);
alkyl (optionally substituted by C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl (optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, C1-4 alkanoyl, NHR32, CON(R32)2, and/or OH)), C1-4 alkoxy(C1-4 alkyl), phenyl(C1-4)alkyloxy(C1_4)alkyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, cinnamyl or trimethylsilyl, R35a,b,c and d are each independently H, C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n or C1-6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n), R36 and R37 each independently represent H, C3-6 alkylalkenyl, C4-7 cycloalkyl, phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, or C1-6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n), R38 is C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n, or C1-6 alkyl (optionally substituted by C4-7 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl optionally substituted by one or more (X)n), R2 when taken alone is H or halogen;
or R1 and R2, when attached to adjacent carbon atoms, can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, and may represent Het1a;
Het1a is a heterocyclic group containing up to 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, which may comprise up to 3 rings (and is preferably an optionally benzo-fused 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring) and which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from OH, =O, halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy and C1-4 haloalkoxy, which C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy and C1-4 haloalkoxy groups can be optionally substituted by one or more C3-6 cycloalkyl aryl(C1-6)alkyl, which aryl group is optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C1-4 alkyl, haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy and C1-4 haloalkoxy, which latter C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy and C1-4 haloalkoxy groups can be optionally substituted by one or more NR23R24, NR23S(O)n R24, NR23C(O)m R24, and if a S atom is present in a ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)-or -S(O2)- group, which R23 and R24 when taken alone independently represent H, C1-4 alkyl, or haloalkyl, or R23 and R24 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached, to form a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring optionally comprising one or more further heteroatoms selected from, N, O, or S, and which heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by one or more halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy and/or C1-4 haloalkoxy groups, R3 is H, CN, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-6 alkanoyl, C2-6 alkanoyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyloxy, C4-9 cycloalkanoyl, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, saturated heterocycle, NR12R13, CONR12R13, NY2WY1, C1-6 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, (each of which alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups is optionally substituted by one or more CN, halogen, OH, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-6 alkyloxycarbonyloxy, alkanoyl, C1-6 alkanoyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyloxy, C4-9 cycloalkanoyl, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, saturated heterocycle, NR12R13, CONR12R13 and/or NY2WY1), R4 is C1-10 alkyl, C3-10 alkenyl or C3-10 alkynyl, each of which groups is linked to the N
atom via a spa carbon, and which group is substituted by one or more substituents selected from:
C2-6 alkoxy [substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 alkenyl, heteroaryl1, aryl1, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), CO2(heteroaryl1), COCH2(aryl1), COCH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1),-CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl1), S(O)n(heteroaryl1), SO2NR25R26 and cycloalkyl1], S(O)n C1-6 alkyl [optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 alkenyl, heteroaryl1, aryl1, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), CO2(heteroaryl1), COCH2(aryl1), COCH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1), CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl1), S(O)n(heteroaryl1), SO2NR25R26 and cycloalkyl1], aryl2, CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1), cycloalkyl1, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), OCO(aryl1), OCO(heteroaryl1), OCO(C1-6 alkyl), OCOCH2CN, CO2(heteroaryl1), CO2(aryl1)a COCH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n aryl1 S(O)n CH2aryl1, S(O)n(heteroaryl1), S(O)n CH2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2aryl1, NHSO2(C1-6alkyl), NHSO2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2CH2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2CH2(aryl1), NHCOaryl1, NHCO(C1-6 alkyl), NHCONHaryl1, NHCONH(C1-6 alkyl), NHCOheteroaryl1, NHCONHheteroaryl1, NHCO2(aryl1), NHCO2(C1-6 alkyl), NHCO2(heteroaryl1), aryl2oxy, heteroaryl1oxy, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, C2-6 alkanoyl substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, C2-6 alkanoyloxy substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, cycloalkyl1oxy, COcycloalkyl1, heterocycle substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), SO2NR25R26, SO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), OCH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyloxy substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), SO2NR25R26, SO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), OCH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3-7 cycloalkyl, WHEREIN aryl1 is phenyl optionally fused to a C5-7 carbocyclic ring, which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(optionally substituted by OH, CN or halogen), C1-6 haloalkoxy, OH, =O, NY2WY1, halogen, alkoxy, CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, SO2NR25R26, S(p)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(aryl), CO2(heteroaryl), CO2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), (CH2)1-4CO2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(aryl), (CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), O(CH2)1-4CO2H, O(CH2)1-4CO2(aryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1-4CONR25R26 and C3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl2 is phenyl optionally fused to a C5-7 carbocyclic ring, which group is substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, SO2NR25R26, S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(aryl), CO2(heteroaryl), CO2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), (CH2)1-4CO2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(aryl), (CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), O(CH2)1-4CO2H, O(CH2)1-4Co2(aryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1-4CONR25R26 and C3-7 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl1 is heteroaryl optionally fused to a C5-7 carbocyclic ring, which group is optionally substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(optionally substituted by OH, CN or halogen), C1-6 haloalkoxy, OH, =O, NY2WY1, halogen, alkoxy, CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), COaryl, COheteroaryl, SO2NR25R26, S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl), S(O)n(heteroaryl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(aryl), CO2(heteroaryl), Co2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), (CH2)1-4CO2H, (CH2)1-4CO2(aryl), (CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(C1-6 alkyl), O(CH2)1-4CO2H, O(CH2)1-4CO2(aryl), O(CH2)1-4CO2(heteroaryl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN, O(CH2)1-4CONR25R26 and C3-7 cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl1 is a C3-10 carbocyclic system with one or two rings and which is substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, Z is a direct bond, CO or S(O)n group, B is (CH2)p, R12 and R13 each independently represent H or C1-4 alkyl, or R12 and R13 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle optionally comprising a further hetero moiety selected from NR16, O and/or S, and which is optionally substituted by one or more C1-4 alkyl, R14 and R15 each independently represent H, C1-10 alkyl, C3-10 alkenyl, C3-10 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R14 and R15 can be taken together with the N atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle optionally comprising a further hetero moiety selected from NR16, O and/or S, and which is optionally substituted by one or more C1_q.
alkyl, R16 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, (C1-6 alkylene)(C3-8 cycloalkyl) or (C1-alkylene)aryl, R5 and R8 when taken separately are each independently H, C1-6 alkyl, R5 and R8 can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are joined to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring, R6, R7, R9 and R10 when taken separately are H, R5 and R6 or R7 can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are joined to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring, X is halogen, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkyl or C1-4 haloalkoxy, m is 1 or 2;
n is 0, 1 or 2;
p is 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 or 10;
q is 0 or 1;
"Naturally occuring amino acid substituent" means the a-substituent that occurs in any one of the following natural amino acids, glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, tyrosine, histidine, serine, threonine, methionine, cysteine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, asparagine, glutamine, lysine, arginine or proline;
"Heteroaryl" represents an aromatic ring containing up to four heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, and if a S atom is present in the ring, it can be present as part of a -S-, S(O)- or -S(O)2- group, and which may be joined to the remainder of the compound via any available atom(s);
"Heterocycle" is a group containing 1, 2 or 3 rings, and which contains up to 4 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S and up to 18 ring carbon atoms;
"Aryl", including in the definitions of "aryloxy", etc., means a group comprising a phenyl ring and which may incorporate a further carbocyclic ring fused to said phenyl ring and which may be joined to the remainder of the compound via any available atoms) (examples of such groups include naphthyl, indanyl, etc.);
"Alkyl", "alkenyl" and "alkynyl" groups can be linear or branched if the number of carbon atoms allows;
"Cycloalkyl" groups can be polycyclic if the number of carbon atoms allows;
or a pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable derivative or prodrug thereof.
2. A substance according to claim 1 wherein the "Ar" ring represents phenyl or pyridyl.
3. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R1 when taken alone is OH, CN, halogen, NO2, NH2, NY2WY1 or Het1.
4. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R2 when taken alone is H.
5. A substance according to claim 1 or 2 wherein R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached and represent an optionally benzo-fused 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl ring optionally substituted by C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl.
6. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein X is Cl.
7. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein n is 0 and q is 0.
8. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R3 is H, CN, or C1-6 alkyl (optionally substituted by one or more halogen, OH, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, C2-6 alkanoyl, C2-6 alkanoyloxy, C2-6 alkyloxycarbonyloxy, NR12R13, CONR12R13 and/or NY2WY1).
9. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R4 is C1-10 alkyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from:
C2-6 alkoxy [substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 alkenyl, heteroaryl1, aryl1, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), CO2(heteroaryl1), COCH2(aryl1), COCH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1), CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl1), S(O)n(heteroaryl1), SO2NR25R26 and cycloalkyl1], S(O)n C1-6 alkyl [optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 alkenyl, heteroaryl1, aryl1, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), CO2(heteroaryl1), COCH2(aryl1), COCH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1), CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl1), S(O)n(heteroaryl1), SO2NR25R26 and cycloalkyl1], aryl2, CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1), cycloalkyl1, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), OCO(aryl1), OCO(heteroaryl1), OCO(C1-6 alkyl), OCOCH2CN, CO2(heteroaryl1), CO2(aryl1), COCH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n aryl1, S(O)n CH2aryl1, S(O)n(heteroaryl1), S(O)n CH2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2aryl1, NHSO2(C1-6 alkyl), NHSO2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2CH2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2CH2(aryl1), NHCOaryl1, NHCO(C1-6 alkyl), NHCONHaryl1, NHCONH(C1-6 alkyl), NHCOheteroaryl1, NHCONHheteroaryl1, NHCO2(aryl1), NHCO2(C1-6 alkyl), NHCO2(heteroaryl1), aryl2oxy, heteroaryl1oxy, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, C2-6 alkanoyl substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26;
C2-6 alkanoyloxy substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, cycloalkyl1oxy, COcycloalkyl1, heterocycle substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), SO2NR25R26, SO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), OCH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyloxy substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), SO2NR25R26, SO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), OCH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3-7 cycloalkyl,
C2-6 alkoxy [substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 alkenyl, heteroaryl1, aryl1, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), CO2(heteroaryl1), COCH2(aryl1), COCH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1), CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl1), S(O)n(heteroaryl1), SO2NR25R26 and cycloalkyl1], S(O)n C1-6 alkyl [optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from OH, NR25R26, CONR25R26, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C2-4 alkynyl, C2-4 alkenyl, heteroaryl1, aryl1, COCH2CN, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), CO2(heteroaryl1), COCH2(aryl1), COCH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1), CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n(C1-6 alkyl), S(O)n(aryl1), S(O)n(heteroaryl1), SO2NR25R26 and cycloalkyl1], aryl2, CO2CH2(heteroaryl1), CO2CH2(aryl1), cycloalkyl1, CO(heteroaryl1), CO(aryl1), OCO(aryl1), OCO(heteroaryl1), OCO(C1-6 alkyl), OCOCH2CN, CO2(heteroaryl1), CO2(aryl1), COCH2(heteroaryl1), S(O)n aryl1, S(O)n CH2aryl1, S(O)n(heteroaryl1), S(O)n CH2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2aryl1, NHSO2(C1-6 alkyl), NHSO2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2CH2(heteroaryl1), NHSO2CH2(aryl1), NHCOaryl1, NHCO(C1-6 alkyl), NHCONHaryl1, NHCONH(C1-6 alkyl), NHCOheteroaryl1, NHCONHheteroaryl1, NHCO2(aryl1), NHCO2(C1-6 alkyl), NHCO2(heteroaryl1), aryl2oxy, heteroaryl1oxy, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, C2-6 alkanoyl substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26;
C2-6 alkanoyloxy substituted by C1-6 alkyl, aryl, C1-6 alkoxy, CH2(aryl1), C1-4 haloalkyl, halogen, OH, CN or NR25R26, cycloalkyl1oxy, COcycloalkyl1, heterocycle substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), SO2NR25R26, SO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), OCH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocyclyloxy substituted by one or more substituent selected from C1-6 alkyl(substituted by OH), CONR25R26, CH2CONR25R26, NR25R26, NHCONR25R26, CO(C1-6 alkyl), SO2NR25R26, SO2(C1-6 alkyl), CO2(C1-6 alkyl), CH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), OCH2CO2(C1-6 alkyl), aryl, heterocyclyl, aryloxy, aryl(CH2)oxy, aryl(CH2), CN and C3-7 cycloalkyl,
10. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R5, R6, R7, R8 R9 and R10 are each taken separately and are all H.
11. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein the "Ar" ring represents a group of formula:
12. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R3 is H, CH3, C2H5, i-C3H7, n-C3H7 or CH2OCH3.
13. A substance according to any preceding claim except claim 5 wherein R1 is OH, CN, I, Cl, NH2, NO2, optionally benzo-fused heteroaryl, NHSO2Y1, NHCOY1 or NHCO2Y1.
14. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R4 is C1-10 alkyl substituted by cycloalkyl1.
15. A substance according to any preceding claim except claims 3, 4 and 13 wherein R1 and R2 are taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached are a 5-membered heteroaryl moiety optionally substituted by C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl.
16. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R3 is CH3 or C2H5.
17. A substance according to any preceding claim except claims 5 and 15 wherein R1 when taken alone is OH, CN, I, Cl, NH2, NO2,1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, imidazol-2-yl, pyridin-2-yl, thien-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, benzimidazol-2-yl, NHSO2(C1-6 alkyl), NHSO2(C1-6 alkyl substituted by methoxy, CONH2, OH, CO2(C2-6 alkyl), phthalimido, NH2 or halogen), NHSO2NH2, NHSO2NH(C1-6 alkyl), NHSO2N(C1-6 alkyl)2, NHSO2Het1a, NHCO(C1-6 alkyl) or NHCO2(C1-6 alkyl).
18. A substance according to claim 17 wherein R1 is OH, NHSO2CH3, NHSO2C2H5, NHSO2(n-C3H7), NHSO2(i-C3H7), NHSO2(n-C4H7), NHSO2NH(i-C3H7), NHSO2(N-methylimidazol-4-yl), NHSO2(CH2)2OCH3, NHSO2(CH2)2OH, 1,2,4-triazolyl or imidazol-2-yl.
19. A substance according to claim 18 wherein R1 is OH, NHSO2CH3, NHSO2C2H5 or imidazol-2-yl.
20. A substance according to claim 15 wherein R1 and R2 when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached are an imidazole group optionally 2-substituted by CF3.
21. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R4 is C2-4 alkyl substituted by cycloalkyl1 .
22. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R4 is propyl substituted by cycloalkyl1.
23. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R4 is propyl substituted by a C3-carbocyclic system with one or two rings and which is substituted by OH.
24. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R4 is propyl substituted by (cyclohexyl substituted by OH).
25. A substance according to any preceding claim wherein R4 is (1-hydroxycyclohexyl)prop-3-yl.
26. A substance according to claim 1 which has the following relative stereochemistry:
27. A substance according to claim 1 which is selected from the compounds of the Examples as described herein, and the salts and prodrugs thereof.
28. A pharmaceutical or veterinary composition comprising a substance according to any one of the preceding claims, and a pharmacutically or veterinarily acceptable carrier.
29. A substance according to any of claims 1 to 26 for use in medicine.
30. A substance according to any of claims 1 to 26 for use as a medicament useful for the treatment of an opiate-mediated disease or condition.
31. The use of a substance according to any one of claims 1 to 26 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition mediated by opiate receptors.
32. A method of treatment of a condition mediated by an opiate receptor or receptors comprising administration of a therapeutically active amount of a substance according to any one of claims 1 to 26.
33. A process for the preparation of a substance according to claim 1 which comprises:
(a) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R1 represents NY2WY1, reacting a compound of formula II, with a compound of formula III, wherein Z1 is a suitable leaving group, such as halogen or Y1SO2O-;
(b) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R6 and R7 both represent H, reduction of a compound of formula IV, using a suitable reducing agent;
(c) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R9 and R10 both represent H, reduction of a compound of formula V, using a suitable reducing agent;
(d) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R1 and R2 are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to represent Het1a, in which Het1a represents an imidazolo unit, reaction of a corresponding compound of formula VI, with a compound of formula VII, RyCO2H VII
wherein Ry represents H or any of the optional substituents on Het1a (as defined above), preferably H, C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl;
(e) where q is 0, reacting a compound of formula VIII, with a compound of formula IX, R4-Lg IX
wherein Lg is a leaving group;
(f) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R6, R7, R9 and R10 are all H, reduction of a compound of formula X, with a suitable reducing agent;
(g) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R1 represents OH, reacting a compound of formula II, where Y2 is H, as defined above, with fluoroboric acid and isoamyl nitrite;
(h) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R1 represents Cl, reacting a compound of formula II, where Y2 is H, as defined above, with sodium nitrite in the presence of dilute acid, followed by reaction with copper (I) chloride in the presence of concentrated acid;
(i) for compounds of formula I in which q is 1, reacting a compound of formula I where q is 0 with a suitable oxidising agent such as aqueous hydrogen peroxide; or (j) for compounds of formula I where q is 0, by reduction of a corresponding compound of formula XXXI, where R4a CH2 takes the same meaning as R4 as defined above, (K) for compounds of formula (I) where q is 0, reductive amination reaction of the amine of formula VIII above with an aldehyde of formula R4a-CHO wherein R4a CH2 takes the same meaning as R4 as defined above, and where desired or necessary converting the resulting compound of formula I
into a pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable derivative or vice versa.
(a) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R1 represents NY2WY1, reacting a compound of formula II, with a compound of formula III, wherein Z1 is a suitable leaving group, such as halogen or Y1SO2O-;
(b) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R6 and R7 both represent H, reduction of a compound of formula IV, using a suitable reducing agent;
(c) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R9 and R10 both represent H, reduction of a compound of formula V, using a suitable reducing agent;
(d) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R1 and R2 are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to represent Het1a, in which Het1a represents an imidazolo unit, reaction of a corresponding compound of formula VI, with a compound of formula VII, RyCO2H VII
wherein Ry represents H or any of the optional substituents on Het1a (as defined above), preferably H, C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl;
(e) where q is 0, reacting a compound of formula VIII, with a compound of formula IX, R4-Lg IX
wherein Lg is a leaving group;
(f) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R6, R7, R9 and R10 are all H, reduction of a compound of formula X, with a suitable reducing agent;
(g) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R1 represents OH, reacting a compound of formula II, where Y2 is H, as defined above, with fluoroboric acid and isoamyl nitrite;
(h) for compounds of formula I in which q is 0 and R1 represents Cl, reacting a compound of formula II, where Y2 is H, as defined above, with sodium nitrite in the presence of dilute acid, followed by reaction with copper (I) chloride in the presence of concentrated acid;
(i) for compounds of formula I in which q is 1, reacting a compound of formula I where q is 0 with a suitable oxidising agent such as aqueous hydrogen peroxide; or (j) for compounds of formula I where q is 0, by reduction of a corresponding compound of formula XXXI, where R4a CH2 takes the same meaning as R4 as defined above, (K) for compounds of formula (I) where q is 0, reductive amination reaction of the amine of formula VIII above with an aldehyde of formula R4a-CHO wherein R4a CH2 takes the same meaning as R4 as defined above, and where desired or necessary converting the resulting compound of formula I
into a pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable derivative or vice versa.
34. A compound of formula II, IV, V, VI, X, X a, XI, XII, XXI, XXII, XXIII, XXIV, XXIX, XXIXa, XXX, or XXXI, or salt thereof, as described herein.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| GB0015562.2 | 2000-06-23 | ||
| GBGB0015562.2A GB0015562D0 (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2000-06-23 | Heterocycles |
| PCT/IB2001/001035 WO2001098267A1 (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2001-06-07 | 3-azabicyclo (3.1.0) hexane derivatives having opioid receptor affinity |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA2412188A1 true CA2412188A1 (en) | 2001-12-27 |
Family
ID=9894368
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA002412188A Abandoned CA2412188A1 (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2001-06-07 | 3-azabicyclo¬3.1.0|hexane derivatives useful in therapy |
Country Status (34)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP1292574A1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2004512263A (en) |
| KR (1) | KR20040002386A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN1639121A (en) |
| AP (1) | AP2002002698A0 (en) |
| AR (1) | AR028969A1 (en) |
| AU (1) | AU781837B2 (en) |
| BG (1) | BG107329A (en) |
| BR (1) | BR0111867A (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2412188A1 (en) |
| CZ (1) | CZ20023967A3 (en) |
| DO (1) | DOP2001000187A (en) |
| DZ (1) | DZ3368A1 (en) |
| EA (1) | EA005117B1 (en) |
| GB (1) | GB0015562D0 (en) |
| HR (1) | HRP20020998A2 (en) |
| HU (1) | HUP0301228A3 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL153427A0 (en) |
| IS (1) | IS6637A (en) |
| MA (1) | MA26915A1 (en) |
| MX (1) | MXPA02012878A (en) |
| NO (1) | NO20026168L (en) |
| NZ (1) | NZ523141A (en) |
| OA (1) | OA12293A (en) |
| PA (1) | PA8519401A1 (en) |
| PE (1) | PE20020253A1 (en) |
| PL (1) | PL365956A1 (en) |
| SK (1) | SK17172002A3 (en) |
| TN (1) | TNSN01094A1 (en) |
| UA (1) | UA73176C2 (en) |
| UY (1) | UY26787A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2001098267A1 (en) |
| YU (1) | YU91802A (en) |
| ZA (1) | ZA200210278B (en) |
Families Citing this family (17)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| BR0213464A (en) * | 2001-10-22 | 2004-11-09 | Pfizer Prod Inc | 3-Azabicyclo [3.1.0] hexane derivatives as opioid receptor antagonists |
| JP2005531557A (en) * | 2002-05-17 | 2005-10-20 | メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフトング | Use of effective compounds as selective opiate receptor modulators |
| DE10259245A1 (en) | 2002-12-17 | 2004-07-01 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Derivatives of asimadolin with covalently bound acids |
| ES2380990T3 (en) * | 2004-02-23 | 2012-05-22 | Glaxo Group Limited | Azabicyclo [3.1.0] hexane derivatives useful as modulators of D3 dopamine receptors |
| GB0507680D0 (en) * | 2005-04-15 | 2005-05-25 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Compounds |
| DE602006017543D1 (en) * | 2005-06-14 | 2010-11-25 | Glaxo Group Ltd | NEW CONNECTIONS |
| US8163927B2 (en) | 2006-04-03 | 2012-04-24 | Glaxo Group Limited | Azabicyclo [3.1.0] hexane derivatives as modulators of dopamine D3 receptors |
| JP5416085B2 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2014-02-12 | ティオガ ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | Kappa-opiate agonists for the treatment of diarrhea and alternating irritable bowel syndrome |
| TWI423801B (en) * | 2007-08-27 | 2014-01-21 | Theravance Inc | 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octyl-2-hydroxybenzamide compounds as mu opioid receptor antagonists |
| AU2011263417B2 (en) | 2010-06-11 | 2014-03-27 | Rhodes Technologies | Transition metal-catalyzed processes for the preparation of N-allyl compounds and use thereof |
| BR112013007566A2 (en) | 2010-09-28 | 2016-08-02 | Panacea Biotec Ltd | new bicyclic compounds |
| EP3072884B1 (en) | 2013-11-20 | 2020-01-01 | Sanwa Kagaku Kenkyusho Co., Ltd. | 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane derivative and use thereof for medical purposes |
| AU2016265801B2 (en) | 2015-05-20 | 2020-10-08 | Ube Corporation | Crystal of salt of novel 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane derivative and pharmaceutical use thereof |
| WO2018152286A1 (en) | 2017-02-17 | 2018-08-23 | Trevena, Inc. | 7-membered aza-heterocyclic containing delta-opioid receptor modulating compounds, methods of using and making the same |
| BR112019016827A2 (en) * | 2017-02-17 | 2020-04-07 | Trevena Inc | 5-membered azaheterocyclic delta-opioid receptor modulating compounds, methods of use and production thereof |
| EP3590511A4 (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2020-09-02 | Sanwa Kagaku Kenkyusho Co., Ltd | Therapeutic agent for alcohol use disorders |
| CN108250088B (en) * | 2018-01-04 | 2020-10-30 | 四川之江高新材料股份有限公司 | Preparation method of N, N, N '-trimethyl-N' -hydroxyethyl bisaminoethylether |
Family Cites Families (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3065230A (en) * | 1959-03-16 | 1962-11-20 | Burroughs Wellcome Co | Azabicyclohexanes and method of preparing them |
| PH24752A (en) * | 1987-04-16 | 1990-10-01 | Lilly Co Eli | Piperidine opioid antagonists |
| US5159081A (en) * | 1991-03-29 | 1992-10-27 | Eli Lilly And Company | Intermediates of peripherally selective n-carbonyl-3,4,4-trisubstituted piperidine opioid antagonists |
| DE4341403A1 (en) * | 1993-12-04 | 1995-06-08 | Basf Ag | N-substituted 3-azabicycloalkane derivatives, their preparation and use |
| PE20001420A1 (en) * | 1998-12-23 | 2000-12-18 | Pfizer | CCR5 MODULATORS |
| TWI244481B (en) * | 1998-12-23 | 2005-12-01 | Pfizer | 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane derivatives useful in therapy |
-
2000
- 2000-06-23 GB GBGB0015562.2A patent/GB0015562D0/en not_active Ceased
-
2001
- 2001-06-06 DO DO2001000187A patent/DOP2001000187A/en unknown
- 2001-06-07 SK SK1717-2002A patent/SK17172002A3/en unknown
- 2001-06-07 EP EP01936728A patent/EP1292574A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-06-07 YU YU91802A patent/YU91802A/en unknown
- 2001-06-07 IL IL15342701A patent/IL153427A0/en unknown
- 2001-06-07 DZ DZ013368A patent/DZ3368A1/en active
- 2001-06-07 NZ NZ523141A patent/NZ523141A/en unknown
- 2001-06-07 CZ CZ20023967A patent/CZ20023967A3/en unknown
- 2001-06-07 HU HU0301228A patent/HUP0301228A3/en unknown
- 2001-06-07 KR KR1020027017503A patent/KR20040002386A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-06-07 MX MXPA02012878A patent/MXPA02012878A/en unknown
- 2001-06-07 CN CNA018116086A patent/CN1639121A/en active Pending
- 2001-06-07 CA CA002412188A patent/CA2412188A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-06-07 WO PCT/IB2001/001035 patent/WO2001098267A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-06-07 PL PL01365956A patent/PL365956A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-06-07 EA EA200201269A patent/EA005117B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-06-07 JP JP2002504223A patent/JP2004512263A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-06-07 BR BR0111867-6A patent/BR0111867A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-06-07 OA OA1200200386A patent/OA12293A/en unknown
- 2001-06-07 AP APAP/P/2002/002698A patent/AP2002002698A0/en unknown
- 2001-06-07 AU AU62591/01A patent/AU781837B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2001-06-12 PA PA20018519401A patent/PA8519401A1/en unknown
- 2001-06-21 PE PE2001000604A patent/PE20020253A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-06-21 AR ARP010102957A patent/AR028969A1/en unknown
- 2001-06-21 UY UY26787A patent/UY26787A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-06-22 TN TNTNSN01094A patent/TNSN01094A1/en unknown
- 2001-07-06 UA UA20021210406A patent/UA73176C2/en unknown
-
2002
- 2002-11-28 BG BG107329A patent/BG107329A/en unknown
- 2002-11-28 IS IS6637A patent/IS6637A/en unknown
- 2002-12-12 HR HR20020998A patent/HRP20020998A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-12-16 MA MA26955A patent/MA26915A1/en unknown
- 2002-12-19 ZA ZA200210278A patent/ZA200210278B/en unknown
- 2002-12-20 NO NO20026168A patent/NO20026168L/en not_active Application Discontinuation
Also Published As
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CA2356300C (en) | 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane derivatives useful in therapy | |
| US5834493A (en) | Indole derivatives as 5-HT1A and/or 5-HT2 ligands | |
| CA2412188A1 (en) | 3-azabicyclo¬3.1.0|hexane derivatives useful in therapy | |
| FR2861074A1 (en) | New N-(piperidinyl)(phenyl)methyl amide derivatives useful as glycine transporter inhibitors, e.g. for treating dementia-associated behavioral problems, psychoses, anxiety, depression, alcohol abuse | |
| JP2003034689A (en) | 4-heterocyclic fused-ring arylpiperidine derivatives | |
| CN110997661A (en) | Cyclopropyl ureaplatin 2 receptor and formyl peptide 1 receptor agonists | |
| WO2004013100A2 (en) | N-[phenyl(piperidin-2-yl)methyl]benzamide derivatives, preparation thereof, and use thereof in therapy | |
| OA10863A (en) | 3-Azetidinylalkylpiperidines or-pyrrolidines as tachykinin antagonists | |
| US20020025948A1 (en) | 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane derivatives useful in therapy | |
| CA2794176A1 (en) | Novel benzamide derivatives | |
| JP3752130B2 (en) | New 4-arylpiperidine derivatives for the treatment of pruritus | |
| US20030207876A1 (en) | 3-Azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane derivatives useful in therapy | |
| JP2006525320A (en) | COX inhibitor | |
| KR100504647B1 (en) | 3-Azabicyclo[3.1.0.] Hexane Derivatives as Opiate Receptors Ligands | |
| JP2011500590A (en) | Piperidinylhydroxyethylpiperidine derivatives as modulators of chemokine receptors | |
| MXPA01006528A (en) | 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0.]hexane derivatives as opiate receptors ligands | |
| CA2751863A1 (en) | N-[(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hex-1-yl]-aryl-methyl]-benzamide derivatives, preparation thereof, and therapeutic use thereof | |
| MXPA01005034A (en) | Pyrrolidine derivatives-ccr-3 receptor antagonists |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| EEER | Examination request | ||
| FZDE | Discontinued |